Home

DL1700E Series Digital Oscilloscope Communication Interface

1. Request Output Error L Queue Queue i 6 5 4 3 2 1 O Standard Event Enable Register 774 Ld OR A 4 d 71615141312 1 0 standard Event Register i 14 13 12 11 10 9 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Extended Event Enable Register 77 OR A 4 A i t 4 t d 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Extended Event Register 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Transit Filter 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Condition Filter IM 701730 17E 6 1 10deg snjeis 6 1 Overview of the Status Report 6 2 Status Byte Overview of Registers and Queues Name Function Writing Reading Status byte Serial poll RQS STB MSS Service request Masks status byte SRE SRE enable register Standard event Change in device ESR register status Standard event Masks standard ESE ESE enable register event register Extended event Change in device register status STATus EESR Extended event Masks standard enable register register STATus EESE STATus EESE Condition Current instrument STATus register st
2. Of 1 ce o GEk mane GP IB Connector This connector is for connecting the ese SE TII controller such as a PC with the GP IB cable For information on how to connect the GP IB cable refer to the following page DL1720E IM 701730 17E 1 1 gi d5 JO 1 2 Connection via the GP IB Interface 1 2 Connection via the GP IB Interface GP IB Cable The GP IB connector on the side panel of the DL1700E is a 24 pin connector that conforms to IEEE Standard 488 1978 Use a GP IB cable that also conforms to IEEE Standard 488 1978 Connection Method Connect the GP IB cable as shown below Connection Precautions Be sure to tighten the screws on the GP IB cable connector firmly The instrument can be connected to more than one item of equipment e g a personal computer if more than one GP IB cable is used However it is not possible to connect more than 15 items of equipment including the controller to a single bus If you connect the instrument to more than one item of equipment make sure that a different address is used for each item Each connecting cable must be 2 m or less in length The total length of all the cables must not exceed 20 m While communications are in progress more than two thirds of the connected equipment items must be turned ON When connecting more than one it
3. 5 70 eene 5 76 PTLINKAQCSXS 5 76 rea sternere eene las 5 76 USER x MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation exerce 5 77 lt gt lt gt 1 5 77 USER x AREA y TRAQCe 5 77 lt gt lt gt 5 77 lt 2 5 77 USER x OPERation USER xs STATe UJSERSXS UNIT 2 edocet USER x VALue HUIIi rs cr 5 77 RUP pi P 5 78 PHASe Group ICHANhel x cene ine 5 79 H 5 79 5 eot eee er deben es 5 79 PRESet Group ens 5 81 ALL TYPE 5 81 ALL USERdefine OFFSet 5 81 ALL USERdefine VDIV 2 2 5 81 lt gt 5 81 lt gt 5 81 CHANnel x USERdefine LEVel 5 81 CHANnel x USERdefine OFFSet 5 82 CHANnel x USERdefine VDIV 5 82 CHANnel x USERdefine
4. SNAP Space wm wm J CD EF C O O Space C O OS popa gt lt gt Space 1 4 O NRf 701730 17 5 33 5 9 DISPlay Group FORMat Space GRATicule Space a p 9 Can EN 9 Came MSc 85 INTERpolate Space OFF MAPPing of Space AUTO SMAPping CHANnel SVALue Space TLABel Space Space For use on the DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL 5 34 IM 701730 17E 5 9 DISPlay Group DISPlay Function Queries all display settings Syntax DISPay Example DISPLAY DISPLAY FORMAT QUAD INTERPOLATE SINE GRATICULE GRID SVALUE 0 TLABEL 0 ACCUMLATE MODE OFF PERSISTENCE 100 0E 03 COLOR 16 DISPLAY TRANSLUCENT 0 MAPPING AUTO SMAPPING CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 1 CHANNEL3 2 CHANNEL4 3 MATH1 4 MATH2 5 DISPLAY COLOR INTENSITY INTENSITY MENU 10 WAVEFORM 10 SNAP 10 GRID 10 CURSOR 10 DISPLAY RGB MENU FORE 15 15 15 BACK 0 0 7 FOCUS 0 0 7 SELECT 0 7 15 DIALOG 7 7 7 SHADOW 0 0 0 LINE 15 15 15 DISPLAY RGB WAVEFORM CHANNEL1 15 15 0 CHANNEL2 0 15 0 CHANNEL3 15 0 15 CHANNEL4 0 15 15 1 15 0 0 MATH2 15 7 0 BACK 0 0 0 DISPLAY RGB OTHERS SNAP 15 15 15 ZONE1 0 0 15 ZON
5. 5 119 high level 1 COMMunicate Group historical statistical processing 5 76 condition register 0 4 0204 4 HISTory QroUp cni eec tette tenen dente te etes 5 55 connection via the Ethernet interface 3 4 history memory function continuous action history search 5 57 criteria status EIS history search waveform parameter 5 57 current Setting nectit crecer eite history search zone E current to voltage conversion ratio history Statistics creciente iren cursor X Y display sseeeeemem Off CURSOr pasari ii horizontal cursor T Y display u cursor measurement horizontal cursor X Y display 5 30 cycle statistics 440 40000000024 4 4 hysteresis 5 108 5 109 701730 17 Index 1 Index ____________ ID Vale 2 5 Group 5 61 INITialize Group tene cire date co eet 5 63 inp t coupling 5 20 MEER 5 20 instrument model eee 5 120 integration interface message eese 1 6 interleave mod
6. CAL CALibrate Function Performs calibration and queries about the result Syntax CAL Example CAL gt 0 Description 0 will be returned if calibration is completed properly and 1 will be returned if an abnormality has been detected during calibration CLS CLear Status Function Clears the standard event register extended event register and error queue Syntax CLS Example CLS Description The output queue will also be cleared if a CLS command is appended after the program message terminator For details of the registers and queue refer to Chapter 6 ESE standard Event Status Enable register Function Sets the value for the standard event enable register queries about the current setting Syntax lt NRf gt ESE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 Example ESE 251 ESE gt 251 Description NHf is the sum of the bits expressed as a decimal number For example if ESE 251 is set the standard event enable register will be set to 11111011 This means that bit 2 of the standard event register is disabled so that bit 5 ESB of the status byte register will not be set to 1 even if an query error occurs Default is ESE 0 i e all bits are disabled The standard event enable register will not be cleared even if an query is made using ESE For details of the standard event enable register refer to page 6 3
7. 1 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed 2 For use on the DL1720E 8 When the target channel is set to the current probe becomes Current 5 104 IM 701730 17E 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger Function Queries all trigger settings Syntax TRIGger Example TRIGGER TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER 0 SAVE 0 HCOPY 0 IMAGE 0 ACQCOUNT INFINITE TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 SLOPE RISE COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW PROBE 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 500 000E 03 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 50 000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL3 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 1 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 80 000E 09 TRIGGER ADB DELAY 1 000E 09 TRIGGER DELAY 0 0E 00 PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 SLOPE RISE TRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER POSITION 50 000 MODE AUTO WIDTH TYPE IN CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 HIGH CHANNEL4 HIGH CONDITION TRUE TLINKAGE 0 TIME1 1 000E 09 TIME2 1 000E 09 WINDOW 0 TRIGGER OR WINDOW 0 CHANNEL1 RISE CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF TRIGGER SC
8. 20 XXY HORizontal Y DEY BohRizontal ise tine 5 30 22 5 31 XY MARKEN ee inen 5 31 esee ete diee 5 31 XY MARKET X 5 31 AY MARKEY Z 2 20 re 5 31 tte 5 31 AY TYPES 5c i Ie eee EA ee ett 5 31 niue tee Ete nee ctos 5 31 lt gt 2 5 32 AY VER Tical TRACE nieee kiepen irienn iraniana 5 32 XY VERTICAL 5 32 XY VERTical 5 31 XY iae CER 5 30 Common Command Group caniae eaea a 5 119 5 119 5 119 5 120 5 120 5 120 5 120 5 121 5 121 5 121 5 121 5 121 5 121 5 121 5 121 DISPlay Group ACCumulate CObLor eese nnns 5 35 ACCumulate MODE 5 eere dnce 5 35 ACCumulate PERSistence 5 35 TAC Cumulate 5 35 ime m 5 35 5 5 35 Hzol l ie 5 36 IGRATICUIO ite tete emiten 5 36 INTENSsity CURSor MENU GRID SNAP WAVeform 5 36 INTENSITY ncn tito tae tie tee ene tae c 5 36 INTERpolate 5 96 MAPPing 5 36 RGB MENU BACK DIALog FOCu
9. 5 72 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt COPY 5 72 CHANnel x MATH x DELay MEASure COUNt 5 72 CHANnel x MATH x DELay MEASure SLOPe 5 72 CHANnel x MATH x DELay MEASure 5 72 CHANnel x MATH x DELay REFerence COUNT 5 73 CHANnel x MATH x DELay REFerence SLOPE Em 5 73 CHANnel x MATH x DELay REFerence SOURCE 5 73 lt gt lt gt Hoe CHANnel x MATH x DELay REFerence CHANnel x MATH x DELay STATe lt gt lt gt 5 72 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal MODE 5 74 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal PERCent 5 74 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal UNIT 5 74 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal 2 5 74 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt METHod we 5 74 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt 2s 5 72 AMOD E inier 15 71 CONSt lt x gt 2 5 76 225 76 CYCLE EXECUTE etn 5 76 IM 701730 17E Index 5 5 Index CYCLE TRACE uat ett tt ie tcd 5 76 ICY CLO kite 5 76 SHISTory ABOR 5 76 THISTory EXECute eene 5 76
10. SDEVitation STATe UNIT Space f lt character string gt J DRO O O When the target channel is set the current probe becomes Current IM 701730 17E 5 69 5 17 MEASure Group MEASure Function Queries all settings relating to automatic measurement of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure Example MEASURE gt MEASURE MODE AMODE NORMAL CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGFREO STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PTOPEAK STATE 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 XY1LINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELI XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL 1
11. ABORt COMMent COMPression EXECute FORMat SAVE SAVE ANAMing SAVE CDIRectory SAVE DRIVe SAVE NAME SEND TONE Queries the time of the target record number of the history memory waveform 5 59 Queries all settings related to the history search zone 5 59 Queries all settings related to the search zone of the history search zone 5 59 Sets the search condition of the history search zone or queries the current setting 5 59 Sets the horizontal position of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting 5 59 Sets the target waveform of the history search zone or queries the current setting 5 59 Sets the vertical position of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting Sets the vertical position of the left and right vertices of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting Sets the horizontal position of the left vertex of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting Sets the horizontal position of the right vertex of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting 5 59 5 59 5 60 5 60 Sets the search logic condition of the history search zone or queries the current setting Queries all settings related to the screen image data save Aborts saving the screen image data to the storage medium Sets the comment on the screen or queries the current sett
12. 5 81 CHANnelX3 ii EE 5 81 T ENDE 5 82 se tese c m 5 81 5 82 RECall Group SETup x EXEOute eene 5 83 SEARch Group M ASCRoIl DIRection ASCROIISPEGd tes ASCRoIl 7EDGE COUNE cott ont eere ebd EDGE HYSTeresis EDGE LEVEI EDGE SLOBe 5 87 EDGE SOURCE mam 5 88 EDGE us EXE CUIC 52 tineis denies MAG RS se DUUM MLINkage POSition lt x gt PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt HYSTeresis 5 88 PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt LEVel 5 89 PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt PAT Tern 5 89 lt gt lt gt 5 88 PPATtern CLOCk HYSYereSis 5 89 2 5 89 51 5 89 PPATtern CLOCK SOURce 5 89 IPPATterm CLOCK scettr ete 5 89 iiu recte ere erre reca 5 88 SEARG antice eb t tb tcl 5 87 iu 5 90 SELect MAXimum 5 90
13. CHR COMMent Space Character string f COMPression Space OFF um uc DOA anna ee CDIRectory Space Character string 51 DRIVe Space FLOPpy 72 NETWork 1 Oa USB CO Re 7 4 lt CHI ne Name e lt Space gt lt Filename gt 44 1 FLOPpy can be used when the built in floppy disk drive is available can be used when the built in PC card interface is available 2 NETWork can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed IM 701730 17E 5 61 spuewwog 5 14 IMAGe Group IMAGe Function Queries all screen image data save settings Syntax IMAGe Example IMAGE IMAGE FORMAT TIFF TONE OFF COMMENT COMPRESSION 0 SAVE ANAMING 1 NAME IMAGe ABORt Function Aborts saving the screen image data to the storage medium Syntax IMAGe ABORt Example IMAGE ABORT IMAGe COMMent Function Sets the comment at the lower part of the Screen or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe COMMent Character string IMAGe COMMent Character string gt Up to 20 characters Example IMAGE COMMENT THIS IS TEST gt IMAGE COMMENT THIS IS TEST IMAGe COMPression Function Sets the screen image data compression
14. Set the timeout value the range of 1 to 3600 s or infinite Note For soft keyboard operation see section 4 2 Entering Values and Strings in user s manual IM701730 01E The user name and password are case sensitive TCP IP Settings The following TCP IP settings must be entered in order to use the Ethernet interface functions P Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway For details about how to enter these settings see section 13 2 Setting Up the TCP IP in user s manual IM701730 01E IM 701730 17E 3 5 uondo 19u19u13 BH 3 4 Setting up this Instrument Network Explanation Use the settings below to setup communications so that you can input settings on the instrument using the controller or output settings or values to the controller Setting the User Name and Password There is a user verification function for the Ethernet interface The user name and password are set on the instrument ahead of time User Name Setting 15 characters or less may be used The default value is anonymous Password Setting 15 characters or less may be used Setting the Timeout Time If the unit is not being accessed at the specified timeout time the connection to the network will be automatically closed TCP IP Settings For details see section 13 2 Setting Up the TCP IP in user s manual IM701730 01E Note Ifa user verification error occurs the connection
15. 0200 200 2 00 000 00000 nenne nnnnn een waveform parameter determination 5 48 OFFSet DTI TO ERE EE EEUU NADANE AER PE EET waveform zoom 5 118 2 n Window TQ OM e case tsani 5 110 VARiable eee vp X CLEar Group 5 22 aii 5 115 COMMunicate Group MC 5 115 nescit terr eror eet 5 23 HEADer 5 23 Z LOCKout 2 5 28 OPSE 5 24 zone determination 2 22 2 5 53 OPSR wae 5 24 ZOOM Group m OVERIap 5 24 zoom rate search amp 200 5 88 REMote 5 24 zoomed Lt t 5 118 STAus 5 24 VERBose 5 24 WAIT 5 24 5 24 CURSor Group CURSOE 5 decre riii erae te 5 27 TY DEGRee DX 2 5 27 TY DEGRE DY iiiter reco 5 27 TY DEGRee JUMP 2000 5 27 TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt 25 27 ITY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt 5 27 eite 5 27 5 28 lt gt 5 28 TY DEGRON KST
16. 5 83 SEARCH GrOUp E 5 84 SNAP GOUD mE EE 5 93 OO TAM Group EE 5 93 STAREGLIOUD eot e enne Op diei 5 93 STATUS EE 5 94 Xe c 5 95 NXTej CECI 5 96 SY STCM GOUD E 5 97 gt AMR anise nies inv 5 100 TRIG TM Group RR 5 101 WAVeform Group H ees 5 112 bec 5 115 zac EE 5 117 Common Command 5 119 Status Report 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 Overview of the Status Report 00 ccceecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseaeeeaeeseaeeseeeseaeesaeeeeeesnatee 6 1 Status PM pi tee aon ieee ee ee 6 2 Standard Event 6 3 Extended Event Register ioi E 6 4 Output Queue and Error Queue 6 5 Sample Program 7 1 Before Programming 7 1 7 2 Image of Sample Program ssssssssesseseeeeenneen nennen nnne nnne enne 7 2 7 3 Initialize Error Execule deret rtr hern ae niti 7 3 7 4 Sets Queries the 2444 22 4 2 1 00 nnne nennen nnne nnne 7 6 7 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 7 8 7
17. UNLoad Lg EXECute p Su LOL Space A ki 2 FLOPpy can be used when the built in floppy disk drive is available be usd when the built in PC card interface is available NETWork can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed 5 40 IM 701730 17E 5 10 FILE Group FILE Function Queries the settings for the specified storage medium Syntax FILE Exampe FILE FILE DIRECTORY FILTER ITEM FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE 1 RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE COMPRESSION 0 FILE ASCII TRACE 1 RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE FILE FLOAT TRACE 1 RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE SAVE ANAMING 0 NAME SAVED1 COMMENT TEST1 FILE LOAD SNAP PLANE 1 FILE UNLOAD BINARY TRACE 1 FILE UNLOAD SNAP PLANE 1 FILE COPY DISTINATION DRIVE FLOPPY FILE FORMAT TYPE HD14 FILE DELete ASCii BINary BMP FLOat JPEG MEASure PNG POSTscript SETup SNAP TIFF EXECute Function Executes the deletion of the data file This is an overlap command Syntax FILE DELete ASCii BINary BP FLOat JPEG MEASure PNG POSTscript SETup SNAP TIFF EXECute Filename The following is an example for the setup data FILE DELete SETUP COPYED1 Description target medium to be deleted is selected using the FILEDIRectory DRIVe command Example FILE DIRectry Function
18. MEASure AMODe Function Syntax Example Sets whether to perform the automated measurement of waveform parameters on a normal single area NORMal or dual areas AREA2 or queries the current setting MEASure AMODe NORMal AREA2 MEASure AMODe MEASURE AMODE AREA2 MEASURE AMODE MEASURE AMODE AREA2 IM 701730 17E 5 71 5 17 MEASure Group MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Function Queries all specified parameter ON OFF settings Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt x of CHANnel x 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example An example for CH1 is given below MEASURE CHANNEL1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANN
19. Q CONDition Space 5 102 IM 701730 17E 5 30 TRIGger Group POSition Space 4 lt NRf gt 4 SCOunt Space 4 lt NRf gt 4 O COUPling lt Space gt K HFRejection lt Space gt K HysTeresis Space HIGH gt J 3 Voltage T MC Level 7 Space OHO 2 r MC SLOPe Space BOTH D J spuewwog C SOURce Space EXTernal PROBe Space 2 RANGe T lt Space gt lt Voltage gt K HysTeresis Space PC LEVel Space Voltage WIDTh T Space PC TYPE HA lt Space gt IM 701730 17E 5 103 5 30 TRIGger Group O FIELd lt Space gt lt NRf gt DONTcare J J LEVel lt Space gt A aR Q Q LINE Space A wee 2 Tas J Q Space Q Space 59 Je Ce eon f Spa TRIE 9 mE eh TLINkage at lt Space gt 4 Boolean Q
20. 5 28 TY DEGRee 25 27 2 Y3HORiIZOntaliDY 5 28 IM 701730 17E Index 3 5 Index lt gt 5 28 22 0 5 28 gt 2 07700 5 28 3TY HOhRizontal 5 28 zPYCMARKeEDXX392 itm tee 5 29 zPYEMARKOEDY 2x2 5 29 lt gt 20 5 29 TY MARKer M x POSition 5 29 lt gt 5 29 EY MARKeEM SX 2 esce 5 29 lt gt acere nennen 5 29 TYEMARKOE Y X99 e i Re te 5 29 ZEYGMARIKOE Hor 5 28 PIM RE ores eee hele eR eta a eee 5 29 EY VERTIGaE DX 5 30 TY VERTical DY 2 YVER Mical PERDEZ tanpet 5 30 TY VERTical POSition lt x gt PLY VERTi al TRAGCG eee 2 5 30 TY VERTical Y lt x gt STY VERTICal nicae A cS 5 29 PRY 5 27 XXY HORizontalDY XXY HORizontal POSitionexs 2
21. MATH lt x gt lt NRf gt DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 0 to 5 0 to 2 on the DL1720E Example DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 0 DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 gt DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 0 DISPlay SVALue Scale VALUE Function Selects queries whether scaling values are displayed Syntax DISPlay SVALue lt Boolean gt DISPlay SVALue Example DISPLAY SVALUE OFF DISPLAY SVALUE gt DISPLAY SVALUE 0 DISPlay TLABel Trace LABEL Funcion Selects queries whether waveform labels are displayed Syntax DISPlay TLABel Boolean DISPlay TLABel Example DISPLAY TLABEL ON DISPLAY TLABEL gt DISPLAY TLABEL 1 Description You can set a user defined waveform label using the CHANnel x LABel command DISPlay TRANslucent Function Sets queries the ON OFF condition of the translucent mode of the pop up menu Syntax DISPlay TRANslucent Boolean DISPlay TRANslucent Example DISPLAY TRANSLUCEENT ON DISPLAY TRANSLUCEENT gt DISPLAY TRANSLUCEENT 1 IM 701730 17E 5 37 5 10 FILE Group 5 10 FILE Group The commands in this group deal with the saving of data to the storage medium and loading of the saved data This allows you to make the same settings and queries that can be made using
22. zoow lt ol lt 5 gt OFF D gt A lt Space gt co MATH lt gt Space OFF 2 md PS 9 e Errweasurs lt Space gt C s M FORMat 4 Space MAIN A M MLINKage Space A LE o l pem O mH lt Space gt Re 7 Can be used on the DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL IM 701730 17E 5 117 5 33 ZOOM Group ZOOM Function Queries all waveform zoom settings Syntax ZOOM Example ZOOM gt ZOOM MODE MAIN FORMAT MAIN ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 1 CHANNEL2 1 CHANNEL3 1 CHANNEL4 1 CHANNEL5 1 CHANNEL6 1 CHANNEL7 1 CHANNEL8 1 MATH1 0 MATH2 0 PODA 0 PODB 0 ZOOM MLINKAGE 1 1 2 0 MAG2 2 0 PLINKAGE 0 5 1 0 0000000 POSITION2 0 0000000 ZOOM ALLOcation Function Queries settings for the zoomed waveform Syntax ZOOM ALLOcation Example ZOOM ALLOCATION gt ZOOM ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 1 CHANNEL2 0 CHANNEL3 0 CHANNEL4 0 MATH1 0 2 0 ZOOM ALLOcation ALL Function Selects all waveforms to be zoomed Syntax 200M ALLOcation ALL Boolean Example ZOOM ALLOCATION ALL ON Z00M ALLOcation 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt Function Selects queries the zo
23. 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt COUNt Function Queries the statistical processing count of the waveform parameter Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt COUNt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt Parameter gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DELay DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 AVERAGE COUNT gt iMEASURE CHANNEL 1 AVERAGE COUNT 100 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Parameter MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Queries the statistical value of the waveform parameter Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Parameter MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt Parameter gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDthl BWIDth2 DELay DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg
24. 5 42 5 43 ISAVE 5 42 UNLoad BlNary SNAP 5 43 UNLoad BlNary SNAP EXECute 5 43 5 43 UNLoad SNAP PLANe s UNEoOad 5 43 1 2 5 41 DIRectory DRIVe DIRectory FILTer DIRectory FREE een 5 41 DIRectory MDIRectory DIRectory PATH 5 41 GONogo Group ABORU tasa cepe dee ced ee 5 47 AC TION BUZZOl ais hei inem 5 47 core decer rete 5 47 ACTion IMAGe d 5 47 ACTion MAIL MODE 5 47 ACTion MAIL 52 ure nh erede erts 5 47 ACTION 5 47 COUNt 5 48 EXECute GONogo 9 47 LOGic 5 48 MODE 5 48 0 2004222242 5 48 PARameter ITEM x CAUSe 5 48 Index 4 IM 701730 17E PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDItION 5 48 lt gt 5 48 lt gt 5 48 PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt
25. ACQuire AVERage EWEight lt NRf gt 2 to 256 in steps of 2 Example ACQUIRE AVERAGE EWEIGHT 16 ACQUIRE AVERAGE EWEIGHT gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE EWEIGHT 16 ACQuire CLOCk Function Sets queries the time base Syntax ACQuire CLOCk INTernal EXTernal ACQuire CLOCk Example ACQUIRE CLOCK INTERNAL ACQUIRE CLOCK gt ACQUIRE CLOCK INTERNAL ACQuire COUNt Function Sets the number of waveform acquisitions during normal mode envelope mode and box average or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire COUNt lt NRf gt INFinity ACQuire COUNt lt NRf gt 2 to 65536 ACQUIRE COUNT INFINITY ACQUIRE COUNT gt ACQUIRE COUNT INFINITY Example ACQuire INTerleave Function Turns the interleave mode ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire INTerleave Boolean ACQuire INTerleave ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE ON ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE gt ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE 1 Example ACQuire MODE Function Sets queries the acquisition mode Syntax ACQuire MODE AVERage ENVelope NORMal ACQuire MODE ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL ACQUIRE MODE gt ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL Example ACQuire REPetitive Function Turns the repetitive sampling mode ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire REPetitive Boolean ACQuire REPetitive Example ACQUIRE REPETITIVE OFF ACQUIRE REPETITIVE gt ACQUIRE REPETITIVE 0 ACQuire RLENgth Function Sets queries the
26. Bit 2 EAV Error Available Set to 1 when the error queue is not empty i e when an error occurs For details refer to page 6 5 Bit 3 EES Extended Event Summary Bit Sets to 1 when the logical AND of an Extended Event Register bit and the corresponding Enable Register bit is equal to 1 that is when an event takes place in the instrument Refer to page 6 4 Bit 4 MAV Message Available Set to 1 when the output queue is not empty i e when there is data which is to be output when an query is made Refer to page 6 5 Bit 5 ESB Event Summary Bit Set to 1 when the logical AND of the standard event register and the corresponding enable register is 1 i e when an event takes place in the instrument Refer to page 6 3 Bit 6 RQS Request Status MSS Master Summary Status Sets to 1 when the logical AND of any one of the Status Byte bits other than bit 6 and the corresponding Service Request Enable Register bit becomes 1 that is when the instrument is requesting service from the controller RQS is set to 1 when MSS changes from 0 to 1 andis cleared when a serial poll is performed or when MSS changes to 0 Bit Masking To mask a bit in the status byte so that it does not cause an SRQ set the corresponding bit of the service request enable register to 0 For example to mask bit 2 EAV so that no service will be requested even if an error occurs set bit 2 of the ser
27. lt Voltage gt DONTcare NRf DONTcare Space Time Time GID PTOPeak DONTcare Space DONTcare Voltage 2 2 Voltage SDEViation DONTcare D PWIDth Space TYiinteg TY2integ Cran XY2Integ Space DONTcare spuewwog IM 701730 17E 5 45 5 11 GONogo Group SEQuence SINGIe NRf Space O Space OFF lt 5 gt NRf Space Hi NRE 0 4 n Oi lt n OH lt L4 O O O 0 CONDition Space Space Boolean Space Space Block data M 1 be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed 2 When the target channel is set to the current probe becomes Current 5 46 IM 701730 17E 5 11 GONogo Group Function Queries all settings related to GO NO GO determination Syntax GONogo Example GONOGO gt GONOGO MODE OFF PARAMETER ITEM1 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE MAXIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OUT GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM2 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE MINIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM2 CONDITION OUT GONOGO PARAMETER I
28. When the value corresponding to a number does not exist NAN Not A Number is returned lt NRf gt can be omitted If omitted the newest parameter in history is queried If lt NRf gt is appended queries the parameters from the newest waveform in history memory to the lt NRf gt waveform MEASure WAIT Function Syntax Example Description Waits for the completion of the automated measurement of waveform parameters with a timeout option MEASure WAIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 timeout period 100 ms steps MEASURE WAIT 100 gt MEASURE WAIT 1 Returns 0 if the automated measurement completes within the timeout period or 1 if it is not complete or automated measurement is not in progress Evenif the timeout period is sufficiently long 0 is returned when the automated measurement completes 5 78 IM 701730 17E 5 18 PHASe Group 5 18 PHASe Group The commands in the PHASe group deal with the phase shift function These commands can be used to make the same settings and inquiries as when SHIFT MATH on the front panel is pressed Space Time PHASe Function Queries all settings related to the phase shift function Syntax PHASe Example PHASe PHASE MODE 0 o CHANNEL1 0 0E 00 CHANNEL2 3 0 0E 00 CHANNEL3 0 0E 00 9 CHANNEL4 0 0E 00 CHANNEL5 0 0E 00 2 CHANNEL6 0 0E 00 CHANNEL7 0 0 00 CH
29. ALL CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 An error occus if PODA PODB or PODA PODB is specified when the logic input option is not installed CURSor TY DEGRee X x Function Syntax Example Queries the angle at the angle cursor in the T Y display CURSor TY DEGRee X lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 This is an example in which Cursor1 is queried CURSOR TY DEGREE X1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE X1 120 00000E 00 CURSor TY DEGRee Y lt x gt Function Syntax Example Queries the voltage value at the angle cursor in the T Y display CURSor TY DEGRee Y lt x gt lt x gt 1 or2 This is an example in which Cursor1 is queried CURSOR TY DEGREE Y1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE Yl 10 000000E 03 CURSor TY HORizontal Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to horizontal cursors in he T Y display CURSor TY HORizontal CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSor TY HORizontal DY Function Syntax Example Description Queries the Y axis value between the horizontal cursors in the T Y display CURSor TY HORizontal DY CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DY gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DY 3 0000000E 00 When the linear scaling is ON the scale
30. AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 PTOPEAK STATE 0 5 70 701730 17 5 17 MEASure Group MEASURE CHANNEL4 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 TYLINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 XY2INTEG STATE 0 CHANNEL4 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL4 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 4 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL4 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL4 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH l AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATHI AVGFREO STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 FALL
31. CHANnel lt gt LSCale UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Character string Up to 4 characters CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT EU CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT gt CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT EU Description Only the characters and symbols displayed on the keyboard on the screen can be used In ASCII code and u are expressed as1EH and 1FH respectively The unit does not affect the scaled value in any way Example 5 20 IM 701730 17E 5 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt MODE Function Turns ON OFF the display of the channel or queries the crrent setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt MODE Boolean 1 lt gt lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E CHANNEL1 MODE ON CHANNEL1 MODE gt CHANNEL1 MODE 1 Description CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay command can be used to make the same settings and Example inquiries CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet Function Sets the offset voltage of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet lt Voltage gt CHANne1l lt x gt OFFSet lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt Voltage gt See the User s Manual CHANNEL1 OFFSET 0V CHANNEL1 OFFSET gt CHANNEL1 OFFSET 0 000E 00 Description When a current probe is used this command sets or queries the lt Current gt value Example CHANnel lt x gt POSition Function Sets the vertical position of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax
32. CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT 2 50E 06 When the specified trace is in the frequency domain NAN Not A Number is returned CURSor TY VERTical POSition lt x gt Function Syntax Example Ses the vertical cursor position in the T Y display or queries the current setting CURSor TY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps CURSOR TY VERTICAL POSITIONI1 2 CURSOR TY VERTICAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL POSITION1 2 00E 00 CURSO TY VERTical TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the target waveform of the vertical cursor of the T Y display or queries the current setting CURSor TY VERTical TRACe lt NR gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB PODA PODB ALL CURSor TY VERTical TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 CURSor TY VERTical X lt x gt Fuction Syntax Example Description Queries the X axis position of the vertical cursor in the T Y display CURSor TY VERTical X lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 CURSOR TY VERTICAL X1 gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL X1 2 50E 06 When the time base is set to internal clock The query is for the time in the time domain and frequency in the freuency do
33. MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt JUMP Function Jumps the marker cursor onto the zoom waveform display frame Syntax CURSor MARKer M x JUMP Z1 2Z2 lt gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 JUMP 21 Description The cursor jumps to the cente position of the zoomed waveform CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition Function Sets the X axis position of the marker cursor in the T Y display or queries the current setting CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 dv displayed record length steps CURSOR TY MARKER M1 POSITION 1 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 POSITION gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 POSITION 1 0000000 Syntax Example CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the waveform on which to use the marker cursor in the T Y display or queries the current setting CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe x of M lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACI 1 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE1 gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE1 1 CURSor TY MARKer X x Function Syntax Example Description Queries the X axis position of the marker cursor in the T Y
34. Syntax HISTory EXECute Example HISTORY EXECUTE HISTory DMODe Display Mode Function Sets the display mode of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory DMODe ONE HISTory DMODe Example HISTORY DMODE ALL HISTORY DMODE gt HISTORY DMODE ALL Description If ALL is specified the records that are specified with the HISTory DISPlay command are accumulated on the screen HISTory PARameter Function Queries all settings related to the history search waveform parameter Syntax HISTory PARameter Example HISTORY PARAMETER HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE PTOPEAK DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM2 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE MAXIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM3 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE MINIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM4 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE RMS DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC AND TLINKAGE 0 TRANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 gt HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE PTOPEAK DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the cr
35. Syntax HISTory PARameter TLINkage Boolean HISTory PARameter TLINkage HISTORY PARAMETER TLINKAGE ON HISTORY PARAMETER TLINKAGE gt HISTORY PARAMETER TLINKAGE 1 Example HISTory PARameter TRANge Function Sets the determination range of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory PARameter TRANge lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 10 div displayed record length steps HISTORY PARAMETER TRANGE 5 00 5 00 HISTORY PARAMETER TRANGE gt HISTORY PARAMETER TRANGE 5 00 5 00 Example HISTory RECord Function Sets the target record of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory RECord NRf MINimum HISTory RECord lt NRf gt 0 to 1023 DL1720E 010 2047 DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL HISTORY RECORD 0 HISTORY RECORD gt HISTORY RECORD 0 Description If MINimum is specified the minimum record number is selected The selectable target record varies depending on record length and interleave mode settings For details see the User s Manual Example HISTory RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum record number Syntax HISTory RECord MINimum Example HISTORY RECORD MINIMUM 999 Description The minimum record number varies depending on record length and interleave mode settings For details see the User
36. TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT gt TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 Description be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed Example TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Function Sets queries whether mail reports are sent as an ACTion Syntax TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE lt Boolean gt Example TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE OFF TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE gt TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE 0 Description be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed TRIGger ACTion SAVE Function Sets queries whether the waveform data is saved to the medium at the time of the trigger action Syntax TRIGger ACTion SAVE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion SAVE TRIGGER ACTION SAVE ON TRIGGER ACTION SAVE gt TRIGGER ACTION SAVE 1 Example TRIGger ACTion STARt Function Starts action on trigger Syntax TRIGger ACTion STARt Example TRIGGER ACTION START Description Use TRIGger ACTION STOP to abort the trigger action TRIGger ACTion STOP Function Aborts action on trigger Syntax TRIGger ACTion STOP Example TRIGGER ACTION STOP Description This command only aborts the trigger action It does not cancel the settings The TRIGger ACTION STARt command can be used to resume the trigger action TRIGger ADB A Delay B Function Queries all A Delay B trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ADB Example TRIGGER ADB
37. WAVeform Function Sts the brightness of each display item or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay INTENsity CURSor MENU GRID SNAP WAVeform NRf DISPlay INTENsity CURSor MENU GRID SNAP WAVe rm lt NRf gt 1 to 15 Example The following example is for the cursor DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 6 DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR gt DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 6 Description Set the DISPlay COLor command to INTensity before executing this command DISPlay INTERpolate Fnction Selects queries the interpolation method Syntax DISPlay INTerpolate LINE PULSe SINE DISPlay INTerpolate Example DISPLAY INTERPOLATE LINE DISPLAY INTERPOLATE gt DISPLAY INTERPOLATE LINE DISPlay MAPPing Function Sets queries the mapping mode Synta DISPlay MAPPing AUTO FIXed USERdefine DISPlay MAPPing Example DISPLAY MAPPING AUTO DISPLAY MAPPING gt DISPLAY MAPPING AUTO DISPlay SMAPping Function Queries all settings relating to the assignment of the waveforms to the split window Syntax DISPlay SMAPping Example DISPLAY SMAPPING gt DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 1 CHANNEL3 2 4 3 MATH1 4 MATH2 5 5 36 IM 701730 17E 5 9 DISPlay Group DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Set Mapping Function Sets the mapping of the waveform to the split Screen or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt
38. lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 10 div displayed record length steps CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 2 CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 2 0000000 Example CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt Function Sets the position of the zero point Reference 1 or the end point Reference 2 that will be used as a reference in the angle cursor measurement or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt lt x gt 1 or2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 10 div displayed record length steps Example CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE1 1 CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERNCE1 1 0000000 CURSOr TY DEGRee RVALue Function Sets the reference angle of the angle cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue lt NRf gt 1 to 720 CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE 180 CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE 180 Example IM 701730 17E 5 27 5 8 CURSor Group CURSor TY DEGRee TACe Function Syntax Example Description Sets the waveform on which to use the angle cursor in the T Y display or queries the current setting CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB PODA_PODB
39. oh ATRigger CONDiition 2 SATRIGOQOT iiic tcn ei 5 106 BTRigger CHANnel lt x gt 9 106 BTRigger CONDition 5 106 BTRigger 5 106 DELAY 5 107 HOLDOff TIME 5 107 HOLDoff 5 107 MODE 5 107 OR CHANnel lt x gt 5 107 OR WINDOwW 5 107 insa 5 107 PATTern CHANnel lt x gt 25 107 PATTern CLOCK SLOPe 5 107 PATTern CLOCK SOURcGe 5 107 PATTE CLOCK cde 5 107 PATTern CONDition iis RR 5 107 SOURce CHANnel x COUPling SOURce CHANnel x HFRejection SOURce CHANnel x HYSTeresis SOURce CHANnel x LEVel SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh SSOURCe CHANNEI lt X gt 2 5 109 SOURCE e assess 5 109 TRIGger ETT TV LEVel vs TV POLarity TV TYPE sss WIDTh CHANnelex gt si WIDTh CONDition 5 111 WIDTh TIME lt X gt 5 111 MWIDTR TYPE 5 111 WIDTh WINDOW enne 5 111 AUIBUS seu ace 5 110 SIMPle COUPling s 5 108 SIMPl
40. 1080 60 480 60 720 60 TRIGger TV TYPE TRIGGER TV TYPE NTSC TRIGGER TV TYPE gt TRIGGER TV TYPE NTSC Description The trigger source for the TV trigger is fixed to Example CH1 TRIGger TYPE Function Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TYPE ABN ADB PATTern WIDTh OR TV SIMPle TRIGger TYPE Example TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE TRIGGER TYPE gt TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE TRIGger WIDTh Function Queries all settings related to the pulse width trigger Syntax TRIGger WIDTh Example TRIGGER WIDTH gt TRIGGER WIDTH IN CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 HIGH CHANNEL4 HIGH CONDITION TRUE TLINKAGE 0 TIME1 1 0 09 2 2 0E 09 WINDOW 0 TRIGger WIDTh CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the trigger condition of each channel when using the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh CHANnel lt x gt HIGH LOW IN OUT DONTcare TRIGger WIDTh CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E TRIGGER WIDTH CHANNEL1 IN TRIGGER WIDTH CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER WIDTH CHANNEL1 IN Description Select from IN OUT when TRIGger OR WINDow ON is specified and from FALL RISE otherwise Example 5 110 IM 701730 17E 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger WIDTh CONDition Function Sets the trigger condition when using the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting S
41. 3 0000000 2 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT2 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 0 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT3 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 1 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT4 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 3 5000000 HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE PTOPEAK DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM2 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE MAXIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM3 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE MINIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEMA CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE RMS DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC AND TLINKAGE 0 TRANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 HISTory ABORt Function Aborts the history search Syntax HISTory ABORt Example HISTORY ABORT HISTory DISPlay Function Sets the start number or end number of the display record of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory DISPlay lt gt lt gt HISTory DISPlay lt NRf gt 0 to 1023 DL1720E 010 2047 DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL Example HISTORY DISPLAY 0 100 HISTORY DISPLAY gt HISTORY DISPLAY 0 100 Description number of records that can be specified varies depending on the acquisition setting For details see the User s Manual HISTory EXECute Function Executes the history search This is an overlap command
42. 5 22 SNAP Group The SNAP command is used to execute a snapshot The same function can be performed using SNAPSHOT on the front panel SNAP Function Executes a snapshot Syntax SNAP Example SNAP 5 23 SSTart Group The commands in the SSTart group are used to execute the single start operation It operates in the same fashion as the single trigger Space lt NRf gt SSTart Function Starts the data acquisition with the trigger mode set to single If the operation is stopped within the specified time period 0 is returned Otherwise 1 is returned Syntax SSTart lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 100 ms resolution wait period START and wait 0 START only No wait 36000 10 1 100 ms resolution wait period START and wait Example SSTART 100 gt SSTART 0 Description Ifthe specified time period is positive data acquisition is started in the SINGLE TRIGGER mode and waits for the operation to stop If the specified time period is 0 data acquisition is started and 0 is returned without waiting for the operation to stop Ifthe specified time period is negative the instrument simply waits for the operation to stop Data acquisition is not started 5 24 STARt Group The STARt command is used to start acquisition The same function can be performed by pressing START STOP on the front panel STARt Function Starts acquisition Syntax STARt Example START Description
43. 5 49 lt gt 5 48 PARameter ITEM x VALue 5 49 lt gt 2 5 48 IPARAMOICN 2 5 48 SEQUENCE iom ipe Es 5 49 IOP COMM io cerent ere rere riter tine ere cia a deor EP SIR 5 49 ZTEINKAge osi oar nnne rer eor serre rre 5 49 5 49 MATT rechte cotto erae cato tr 5 49 lt 5 50 lt gt 5 50 ZONE EDIT lt x gt WHOLe 2 20 lt gt 5 50 2 20 lt gt 5 50 2 20 lt gt ZONE ZONE x SEND 2 20 lt gt 12 20 lt gt ZONE uidi iin aima DI 5 49 HCOPy Group ABORT 5 53 Resa m 5 53 1 5 53 EXECute EXTPrinter PRINter 2 5 53 EXTPrinter SELgact ncn niet tte 5 53 EX TPN er TONE inii e er tenere 5 54 EXTPrintetz TYPE 5 54 EXTPrinter iieri icr roc FL nte
44. CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the target waveform of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEARch PPATtern CHANnel x MATH lt x gt HYSTeresis lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 div 0 1 steps SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS 0 3 SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL 1 HYSTERESIS gt SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS 0 30 Example 5 88 IM 701730 17E 5 21 SEARch Group SEARCh PPATtern 1 lt gt lt gt LEVel Function Sets the criteria level of the target waveform of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch PPATtern CHANnel x MATH lt x gt LEVel lt voltage gt lt NR gt SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt MATH x LEVel x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt gt 8 div on the screen when the waveform is CH1 to CH4 lt 4 to 4 div 0 01 steps when the waveform is MATH1 or MATH2 SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1v SEARCH PPATTERN
45. CHANnel lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt POSition lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 4 to 4div 1 100 steps Example CHANNEL1 POSITION 1 CHANNEL1 POSITION gt CHANNEL1 POSITION 1 00E 00 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe Function Sets the probe attenuation current to voltage conversion ratio of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt PROBe lt NR gt C10 C100 CHANne1l lt x gt PROBe lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 10 100 or 1000 see the User s Manual CHANNEL1 PROBE CHANNEL1 PROBE gt CHANNEL1 PROBE 1 Description When using the current probe specify C10 10 A 1 V or C100 100 A 1 V respectively Example CHANnel lt x gt VARiable Function Sets the voltage sensitivity of the channel in 0 01 steps of the V div setting or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VARiable lt Voltage gt CHANnel lt x gt VARiable lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt Voltage gt See the Use s Manual CHANNEL1 VARIABLE 1V CHANNEL1 VARIABLE gt CHANNEL1 VARIABLE 1 000E 00 Description When a current probe is used this command sets or queries the Current value Example CHANnel lt x gt VDIV Function Sets the voltage sensitivity V div of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VDIV lt Voltage gt CHANnel lt x gt V
46. DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 1 50 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL2 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0
47. Data Format WORD sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST Data Byte order LSB First for Little Endian sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM START 0 END 1001 START 0 END 1001 Length 1002 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM RANGE V div value sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev Len qry rlen If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If vdv Val qry msg WAVEFORM OFFSET Offset value sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev qry Len qry rlen If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If ofs Val qry wei6olg ies msg WAVEFORM SEND Receive Waveform Data sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceiveBlockHeader Dev dlg Receive Block Header If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then 414 Data Byte Length Call DisplayError Dev GetWord
48. Device j Address GP IB enote Cnt MISC GP IB USB Netuork Note L Only the communications interfaces selected under Device are available If commands are sent using an unselected communications interface the command will not be received Setting the Address 4 Press the Address soft key Remote 1 MISC Device g Address GP IB 3 5 Turn the jog shuttle to set the desired address Explanation When you make settings which can be made using the front panel keys of the instrument or when you output setup data or waveform data using the controller the following settings must be made Setting the Address This function allows you to set the instrument s address for addressable mode within the range of 0 to 30 Each item of equipment connected via a GP IB interface has its own address by which it can be identified Care must be taken to ensure that all interconnected devices are assigned unique addresses Note Do not change the address while the GP IB interface is being used by the controller IM 701730 17E 1 5 gi d5 JO I 1 6 Response to Interface Messages 1 6 Response to Interface Messages Response to Interface Message Response to a Uni line Message IFC InterFace Clear Clears the talker and listener Stops output if data is being output REN Remote ENable Switches between remote and local modes IDY Identify is not supported Response to a Multi Line
49. Dual Area MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt TRACe NR MATH lt z gt NONE CONSt lt w gt MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 or2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt z gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt w gt 1 to 4 MEASURE USER1 AREA1 TRACE 1 MEASURE USER1 AREA1 TRACE gt MEASURE USER1 AREA1 TRACE 1 Syntax Example MEASure USER lt x gt COUNt Function Syntax Example Queries the statistical processing count of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area MEASure USER lt x gt COUNt lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASURE USER1 COUNT gt MEASURE USER1 COUNT 100 MEASure USER lt x gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Syntax Example Description MEASure USER lt x gt OPERation Function Syntax Example MEASure Function Syntax Example MEASure Function Syntax Example Queries the statistical value of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area MEASure USER lt x gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation lt x gt 1 to 4 The following is an example for the maximum value MEASURE USER1 MAXIMUM gt MEASURE USER1 MAXIMUM 1 000E 00 If the statistics cannot be determined Not A Number is returned Sets the computing operation of the automated measurement of waveform
50. Example CURSor can also be written as cursor or Cursor The lowercase part of a header be omitted Example CURSor can also be written as CURSO CURS f the header ends with a question mark the command is a query It is not possible to omit the question mark Example CURSor cannot be abbreviated to anything shorter than CURS fthe x at the end of a mnemonic is omitted it is assumed to be 1 Example If CHANnel lt x gt is written as CHAN this represents CHANnell Any part of a command enclosed by can be omitted Example TRIGger SIMPLl1e LEVel can be written as TRIG LEV However a part enclosed by cannot be omitted if itis located at the end of an upper level query Example TRIGger and TRIGger SIMPle belong to different upper level query levels 4 4 IM 701730 17E 4 3 Response 4 4 Data 4 3 Response On receiving a query from the controller this instrument returns a response message to the controller A response message is sent in one of the following two forms Response Consisting of a Header and Data If the query can be used as a program message without any change a command header is attached to the query which is then returned Example ACQUire MODE lt PMT gt gt ACQUire MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt Response Consisting of Data Only If the query cannot be used as a program message unless changes are made to it i e it is a qu
51. Function After oPC is sent 1 ASCII will be returned if execution of the designated overlap command has been completed Syntax OPC Example OPC gt 1 Description For a description of the synchronization method using OPC refer to page 4 8 Designation of an overlap command is performed using COMMunicate OPSE Operation is not guaranteed if OPC is not appended to the end of the message OPT OPTion Function Queries the installed options Syntax OPT Example OPT gt CHA4MW FLOPPY PRINTER LOGIC SCSI ETHER USERDEFINE Description Returns the presence of memory model floppy disk or Zip drive gt lt gt logic lt SCSI gt Ethernet and lt user defined computation The oPT query must be the last query of the program message An error occurs if there is a query after this query PSC Power on Status Clear Function Selects queries whether following registers are cleared when power is turned ON However they cannot be cleared if the parameter is 0 when rounded Standard event enable register Extended event enable register Transit filter PSC lt NRf gt PSC lt NRf gt 0 does not clear the registers a value other than 0 clears the registers PSC 1 PSC gt 1 Description For details of each register refer to Chapter 6 Syntax Example RST ReSeT Function Resets the current settings of the fo
52. MORES I Register S97 COMMunicate LOCKout Function Sets releases the local lockout Syntax COMMunicate LOCKout Boolean COMMunicate LOCKout Example COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT ON COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT gt COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT 1 Description This is an exclusive commandfor the USB interface or Ethernet interface option COMMunicate Function Queries all communication settings Syntax COMMunicate Example COMMUNICATE gt COMMUNICATE HEADER 1 OPSE 352 OVERLAP 352 VERBOSE 1 COMMunicate HEADer Function Determines whether a header is to be added for example CHANNEL 1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or nt example 10 when sending a response to a query or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate HEADer lt Boolean gt COMMunicate HEADer Example COMMUNICATE HEADER ON COMMUNICATE HEADER gt COMMUNICATE HEADER 1 IM 701730 17E 5 23 5 7 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate OPSE Operation Pending Status Enable register Function Sets the overlap command to be used with OPC OPC and WAI or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate OPSE Register CMMunicate OPSE lt Register gt 0 to 65535 refer to the figure on the next page COMMUNICATE OPSE 65535 COMMUNICATE OPSE gt COMMUNICATE OPSE 352 Description the above example all bits are masked to 1 So that all overlap commands
53. SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE NONE SEARCH SPATTERN INTERVAL 1 0 06 SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 PSELECT 1 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PATTERNS XXXXXXXX PATTERN6 XXXXXXXX PATTERN7 XXXXXXXX PATTERN8 XXXXXXXX SEARCh SPATtern CLEar Function Syntax Example Clears all search patterns of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function to Do t care SEARCh SPATtern CLEar SEARCH SPATTERN CLEAR SEARCh SPATtern CLOCk Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the serial pattern search of the search amp zoom function SEARCh SPATtern CLOCk SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK gt SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 SLOPE RISE HYSTERESIS 0 3 SEARch SPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis Function Syntax Example Description Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARCh SPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEARCh SPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 div 0 1 steps SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS 1 SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS gt SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS 1 0 An error occurs if sSEAEch SPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE SEARch SPATtern CLOCk LEVE1 Function Syntax Example
54. TRIGGER SIMPLE PROBE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE PROBE 1 Description Setting Querying is not possible unless the trigger source is set to EXTernal TRIGger SIMPle RANGe Function Sets the input range for the external trigger andqueries the current setting DL1720E only Syntax TRIGger SIMPle RANGe voltage TRIGger SIMP1e RANGe lt NRf gt 1 to 100 V TRIGGER SIMPLE RANGE 1V TRIGGER SIMPLE RANGE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE RANGE 1 0 00 Description Setting Querying is not possible unless thetrigger source is set to EXTernal Example 5 108 IM 701730 17E 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger SIMPl1e SLOPe Function Sets the trigger slope of the channel specified with the TRIGger SIMPle SOURce command or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe BOTH FALL RISE TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe Example TRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE RISE TRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE RISE Description Setting Querying is not possible when the trigger source is set to LINE TRIGger SIMPle SOURce Function Sets the trigger source for the simple trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle SOURCe NR EXTernal LINE TRIGger SIMPle SOURCe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Example TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 Description Within the TRIGger SIMP1e series of commands SIMPle may be omitt
55. XY lt x gt MODE Function Sets the display mode or queries the current setting Syntax XY lt x gt MODE T Y TY XY XY XY x MODE lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example XY1 MODE XY XY1 MODE gt XY1 MODE XY Description setting or query is the same whether x is set to 1 or 2 XY lt x gt TLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor Syntax XY lt x gt TLINkage Boolean XY lt x gt TLINkage lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example XY1 TLINKAGE ON XY1 TLINKAGE gt XY1 TLINKAGE 1 IM 701730 17E 5 115 spuewwog fe 5 32 XY Group lt gt Time Range Function Sets the range of the T Y waveform to be used in the X Y display or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt XY lt x gt TRANge lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps Example XY1 TRANGE 4 4 XYl RANGE gt XY1 TRANGE 4 00 4 00 XY lt x gt XAXis Function Sets the X axis mode Single Dual or queries the current setting DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only Syntax lt gt SINGle DUAL lt gt lt gt 1 or 2 Example 1 5 SINGLE XY1 XAXIS gt XY1 XAXIS SINGLE Description The setting or query is the same whether lt x gt is set to 1 or 2 XY x XTRace Function Sets
56. computation channel and logic channel or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay RGB WAVeform 1 lt gt lt gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt DISPlay RGB WAVeform CHANnel lt x gt BACK MATH lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 0 to 15 in the order R G and B DISPLAY RGB WAVEFORM CHANNEL1 0 0 0 DISPLAY RGB WAVEFORM CHANNEL1 gt DISPLAY RGB WAVEFORM CHANNEL1 0 0 0 Description Execute this command after setting DISPlay COLor to RGB Example DISPlay FORMat Function Sets the display format or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay FORMat SINGle DUAL TRIad QUAD HEXa DISPlay FORMat DISPLAY FORMAT QUAD DISPLAY FORMAT gt DISPLAY FORMAT QUAD Description QUAD and HEXa are not available on the DL1720E Example DISPlay GRATicule Function Sets queries the graticule Syntax DISPlay GRATicule CROSshair FRAMe GRID DISPlay GRATicule DISPLAY GRATICULE GRID DISPLAY GRATICULE gt DISPLAY GRATICULE GRID Example DISPlay INTENsity Function Queries all settings related to the brightness of the displayed items Syntax DISPlay INTENsity Example DISPLAY INTENSITY gt DISPLAY INTENSITY MENU 10 WAVeform 10 SNAP 10 GRID 10 CURSOR 10 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor MENU GRID SNAP
57. designated however DCL is a universal command and does not require that the talker and listener be designated Therefore SDC is used for particular items of equipment while DCL can be used for any equipment connected to the communications bus IM 701730 17E 1 7 gi d5 JO 2 1 Names of the Parts and their Functions Chapter 2 USB Interface 2 4 Names of the Parts and their Functions Front Panel DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL DL1740E 8 YOKOGAWA SHIFT Key CLEAR TRACE Key Press to switch from remote mode to local mode which allows key operation However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller refer to page 2 2 Garon D sod oe B MISC Key Page 2 5 Press to enter the communication settings vow such as the ID value Rear Panel DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL I USB Interface Connector This connector is for connec
58. gt TRIGGER ADB DELAY 0 000 00 TRIGger ADB DELay Function Sets queries the delay time for pattern B for an A Delay B trigger Syntax TRIGger ADB DELay lt Time gt TRIGger ADB DELay lt Time gt 3 ns to 5 s TRIGGER ADB DELAY 1NS TRIGGER ADB DELAY gt TRIGGER ADB DELAY 1 0E 09 Example TRIGger ATRigger Function Queries all the pattern A settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION ENTER TRIGger ATRigger CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets queries the channel condition for pattern A Syntax TRIGger ATRigger CHANnel lt x gt DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger ATRigger CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E An example for CH1 is given below TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH Example TRIGger ATRigger CONDition Function Sets queries the conditions under which pattern A should become true Syntax TRIGger ATRigger CONDition ENTer EXIT TRIGger ATRigger CONDition TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION ENTER Description This command is valid when the trigger type is ABN or ADB Example TRIGger BTRigger Function Queries all pattern B settings Synta
59. gt TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE Select from IN OUT when TRIGger OR WINDow ON is specified and from FALL RISE otherwise Syntax Example Description Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example Description TRIGger Function Syntax Example 0R WINDow Turns the OR trigger window ON OFF or queries the current setting TRIGger OR WINDow Boolean TRIGger OR WINDow TRIGGER OR WINDOW ON TRIGGER OR WINDOW gt TRIGGER OR WINDOW 1 PATTern Queries all settings related to the pattern trigger TRIGger PATTern TRIGGER PATTERN gt TRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE NONE TRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION ENTER PATTern CHANnel lt x gt Sets the status of each channel when using the pattern trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger PATTern CHANnel lt x gt DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger PATTern CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E TRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 DONTCARE TRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 DONTCARE PATTern CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channe when using the pattern trigger TRIGger PATTern CLOCk TRIGGER PATTERN
60. 0 Then Listl AddItem Query 0 End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command2 Click Dim sts As Long If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear sts GpibGetWord Run Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem END End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command3 Click Dim sts As Integer If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear sts GpibGetMeasure Run Sample3 GPIB Get Measure If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem Query 0 Listl AddItem Query 1 Listl AddItem Query 2 7 4 IM 701730 17E 7 3 Initialize Error Execute ElseIf sts 2 Then Listl AddItem Waiting for Trigger End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command4 Click Dim sts As Long If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear sts UsbTdiv Run Sample4 USB Set Get TDIV If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem Query 0 End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command5 Click Dim sts As Long If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear sts UsbGetWord Run Sample5 USB Get Word Data If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem END End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Form Load StartFlag 0 Clear Start Flag Dev 1 Clear device id Commandl
61. 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceiveBlock Dev WaveBuffer dlg 1 rlen endflag Receive Waveform Data LF If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If For i 0 dlg 2 1 Step 1 dat WaveBuffer i vdv 3072 ofs Listl AddItem CStr i CStr dat Next i IM 701730 17E 7 9 7 5 Data Output Word Format 2 bytes msg COMMUNICATE HEADER sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If GetWord 0 End Function Query Header On iw DL1700E Sample Program 0 2 58333333333333 1 2 58333333333333 2 2 58333333333333 3 2 541 66666666667 4 2 541 66666666667 5 2 5 6 2 54166666666667 7 2 54166666666667 8 2 541 66666666667 9 2 541 66666666667 10 2 5 11 2 541 66666666667 12 2 58333333333333 13 2 58333333333333 14 2 541 66666666667 15 2 5 16 2 5 17 2 54166666666667 18 2 541 66666666667 19 2 541 66666666667 20 2 58333333333333 21 2 54166666666667 22 2 54166666666667 23 2 58333333333333 Sample1 GPIB Set Get TDIV i Sample2 GPIB GetWord Data Sample3 GPIB Get Measure Sample4 USB SetiGet TDIV Sample5 USB Get Word Data TEE USB iw DL1700E Sample Program 0 2 58333333333333 1 2 58333333333333 2 2 58333333333333 3 2 541 66666666667 4 2 541 66666666667 5 2 5 6 2 54166666666667 7 2 54166666666667 8 2 54166666666667 9 2 5
62. 1 to 65536 TRIGGER ACTION ACQCOUNT 10 TRIGGER ACTION ACQCOUNT gt TRIGGER ACTION ACQCOUNT 10 ACTion BUZZer Sets queries the ON OFF condition of the buzzer at the time of the trigger action TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Boolean TRIGger ACTion BUZZer TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER ON TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER 1 ACTion HCOPy Sets queries whether the screen image data is output at the time of the trigger action TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Boolean TRIGger ACTion HCOPy TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY ON TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY gt TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY 1 ACTion IMAGe Sets whether or not to save the screen image to the external storage medium when action is activated or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion IMAGe lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion IMAGe TRIGGER ACTION IMAGE ON TRIGGER ACTION IMAGE gt TRIGGER ACTION IMAGE 1 ACTion MAIL Queries all the setting values for mail reports sent as an ACTion TRIGger ACTion MAIL TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE gt TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE 0 COUNT 100 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed IM 701730 17E 5 105 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt Function Sets queries the limit for the number of reports that are sent as an ACTion Syntax TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt NRf TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 1000
63. 5 101 trigger level 5 108 5 109 tigger mode a wr LO e E 2 2 trigger position 5 108 trigger slope 5 109 trigger source 5 109 REPetitive TV trigger 2 5 110 RLENgth type of cursor T Y 5 29 ASETup Group dzb4zie MH rE Arn 5 17 CALibrate Group USB connector 2 2 4 5 17 USB interface connector 2 2 1 DESKew MODE 2 5 7 USB keyboard rir A DIO EIER 5 99 DESKew TARGet 2 5 17 user name DESKew TIME 5 17 user verification function 2 3 3 DESKew 5 17 MODE 5 18 V FEXE GUTS 5 18 CHANnel Group MATER 5 21 5 20 vertical cursor T Y display 20 5 29 gea E er 5 20 vertical cursor X Y 5 31 COUPling i itte tme eerte iet merus 5 20 vertical position DISPlay voltage sensitivity 0 0 0 1 5 21 EABel tritt etae 1 lt 0 LSCale BVALue ET waveform ata 5 112 LSCale UNIT essen WAVeform Group we 9 112 15 waveform parameter 5 74
64. 5 5 CHANnel Group The commands in the CHANnel group are used to make settings and queries about the vertical axis of the specified channel This allows you to make the same settings that you can make using VERTICAL CH V DIV CHANnel x BWIDth Space FULL 7 A DISPlay Space OFF 7 Space Character string Space Space Voltage Space Space lt NRf gt VARiable lt Space gt VDIV ap o Space M When the target channel is set to the current probe becomes Current Character string IM 701730 17E 5 19 5 5 CHANnel Group 1 lt gt Function Queries all settings related to the vertical axis of the channel Syntax 1 lt gt lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E CHANNEL gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 VDIV 50 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 OFFSET 0 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL VARIABLE 50 000E 00 LSCALE MODE 0 AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 UNIT V CHANNEL1 LABEL CH1 Example CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth Function Sets the input filter of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt BWIDth FULL lt Frequency gt CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt Frequency gt 20 MHz or 100
65. 5 Synchronization with the Controller 4 8 Commands 5 1 A Listof orn Ee er te petat 5 1 5 2 ACQUIS GOUD s ic ec i be poe c e tee ib e aids rene en uod 5 15 5 3 ASETUp Group E 5 17 5 4 CALibrate GrO R prm 5 17 5 5 AINERE KOLO o EEE ETE Bon iE 5 19 5 6 E AET EE i Reds ae e pet tens 5 22 5 7 COMMuriicate GrOUp 2 n eee etiem uitia os 5 23 5 8 GURSoOtr Group ie eoe eu e tare o ree ere Some e opum 5 25 5 9 DISPlay Group envoie tete bU DDR A 5 33 5 10 EIEE GEOUD tire 5 38 5 11 GONOGO GrOUp 5st Due haie 5 44 5 12 HGOPy GOUD uu teta na t Eee o et uu 5 52 5 13 0 OE aetna en ake 5 55 5 14 IMAGe Groups uini tete et deb e ee 5 61 5 15 INI Tialize det 5 63 5 16 Group 5 64 5 17 MEAS re Groups coa e e D a rt bue 5 67 5 18 BHASe Group EGER 5 79 701730 17 Contents Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Appendix Index 5 19 5 20 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 24 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 5 34 PRESE Group EE 5 80 FRE Call GrOUp
66. 62 search amp zoom function 2 5 87 search condition zone SEARch Group search mode self test sequential command serial pattern search serial polling E single skew compensation i SMOOINING Jin rere ovis Haast SNAP Group SSTart Group standard event register STARBtGEOUD a nrc qa e e receta statistical processing count T status Dyte cuc te pe bec status byte status function ux STATUS GrIOUD oer t cerra eee status report STOP Group E storage STORBoe GrOoUp cider ha teceb neas stored to the internal memory m SYSTem target trace of the zone TCP IP setting iui eit Index 2 IM 701730 17E Index time Dase crine ee ecrit 5 16 5 100 TIMebase 5 100 Command List timeout time TNT 3 6 ACQuire Group TUNE icti gt teeta SS NN 5 16 trigger coupling 5 108 5 109 n trigger delay terme reir 5 107 AVERage EWEight TRIGger Group ntn teens
67. 701730 17E 5 113 5 31 WAVeform Group WAVeform SEND Function Queries the waveform data specified with the WAVeform TRACe command Syntax WAVeform SEND lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 1024 DL1720E 1 to 2048 DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL depends on the record length setting WAVEFORM SEND 8 number of bytes 8 digits data string or lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Description output format of WwAVeform SEND varies depending on the WAVeform FORMat setting 1 When set to ASCii When the WAVeform TRACe is 1 to 8 and the linear scaling is OFF the values are returned in the following format voltage voltage lt voltage gt When the WAVeform TRACe is a logic input the values are returned in the following format lt 1 gt lt 1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt is an 8 bit pattern bit 7 to 0 that has been made into a decimal For all other cases the values returned in the form lt NRf gt lt NRfs lt NRfs gt 2 When set to BYTE or WORD The values are returned in the lt block data gt format When the WAVeform TRACe is not set to a logic input the following equation can be used to convert the values Voltage computed value Range x data gt division offset BYTE Division 12 WORD Division 3072 Query is not possible if WAVeform RACe set to MATH1 or MATH and the computation is t
68. CLOCK SOURCE 1 SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH SPATTERN SOURCE 1 5 90 IM 701730 17E 5 21 SEARch Group SEARCh SPATtern INTerval Function Sets the search interval of search target waveform of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh SPATtern INTerval time SEARCh SPATtern INTerval lt time gt 10 ps to 500 s SEARCH SPATTERN INTERVAL 100US SEARCH SPATTERN INTERVAL gt SEARCH SPATTERN INTERVAL 100 00E 06 Example SEARCh SPATtern LEVel Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the status criteria level of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh SPATtern LEVel voltage voltage NRf NRf SEARCh SPATtern LEVel lt gt 8 div on the screen when the waveform is CH1 to CH4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div 0 01 steps when the waveform is MATH1 or MATH2 SEARCH SPATTERN LEVEL 1 1 SEARCH SPATTERN LEVEL gt SEARCH SPATTERN LEVEL 1 000E 00 1 000E 00 Description When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value or queries the current setting Example SEARch SPATtern PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the status criteria pattern of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch SPATtern PATTern lt x gt lt Character string gt
69. Command Function Page MEASure USER lt x gt COUNt Queries the statistical processing count of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area 5 77 MEASure USER lt x gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Queries the statistical value of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area 5 77 MEASure USER lt x gt OPERation Sets the computing operation of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting 5 77 MEASure USER lt x gt STATe Turns ON OFF the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting 5 77 MEASure USER lt x gt UNIT Sets the display unit of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting 5 77 MEASure USER lt x gt VALue Queries the measured value of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area 5 78 MEASure WAIT Waits for the completion of the automated measurement of waveform parameters with a timeout option 5 78 PHASe Group PHASe Queries all settings related to the phase shift function 5 79 PHASe CHANnel lt x gt Sets the amount of phase shift of the waveform or queries the current setting 5 79 PHASe MODE Turns the phase shift function ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 79 PRESet Group PRESet Queries all settings related to the preset function 5 81 3 PRESet ALL PROBe
70. DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TRACE 1 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TRACE gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TRACE 1 PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE Queries the automated measurement parameters and the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 1 to 4 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TYPE gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TYPE PTOPEAK 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 5 48 IM 701730 17E 5 11 GONogo Group GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the automated measurement parameter of the specified waveform parameter on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt lt Voltage DONTcare gt lt Voltage DONTcare gt lt Current DONTcare gt Current DONTcare gt lt Time DONTcare gt lt Time DONTcare gt Frequency DONTcare gt lt Frequency DONTcare gt lt lt NR gt DONTcare gt lt lt NRf gt DONTcare gt GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt lt Parameter gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DELay DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVers
71. Description Sets the search level of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch SPATtern CLOCk LEVE1 lt voltage gt SEARch SPATtern CLOCk LEVE1 lt voltage gt 8 div on the screen 0 01 div steps SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL 10 SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL gt SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL 10 00E 03 error occurs if SEAEch SPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE When set to the current probe sets the Current value or queries the current setting SEARCh SPATtern CLOCk SLOPe Function Syntax Example Description Sets the slope of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARCh SPATtern CLOCk SLOPe FALL RISE SEARch SPATtern CLOCk SLOPe SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE RISE SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE gt SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE RISE An error occurs if SEAEch SPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE SEARch SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Syntax Example Sets the target waveform of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt NR gt NONE SEARch SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E SEARCH SPATTERN
72. Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetTdiv 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev Len qry rlen If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetTdiv 1 Exit Function End If Query 0 Left qry rlen 1 GetTdiv 0 End Function Command buffer Query biffer Set T div 2ms Send Command Get T div value Send Command Receive Query 7 6 IM 701730 17E 7 4 Sets Queries the T Div GP IB USB im DLT700E Sample Program Set Get TDIV Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Sample3 GPIB Get Measure Sample4 USB Seti Get TDIV Sample5 USB Get Word Data TELE iw DL1700E Sample Program Sample1 GPIB Set Get TDIV Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Sample3 GPIB Get Measure Sample4 USB SetiGet TDIV Sample5 USB Get Word Data END 2 000E 03 TTIM TDIV 2 000E 03 IM 701730 17E 7 7 ejduies 7 5 Data Output Word Format 2 bytes 7 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 bytes Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Private Function GpibGetWord As Long Dim sts As Long sts InitGpib If sts 0 Then GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If sts GetWord If sts 0 Then GpibGetWord 1 GoTo GpibGetWordEnd End If GpibGetWord 0 GpibGetWordEnd Call CloseDevice End Function Private Function UsbGetWord As Integer Dim sts As Long sts In
73. Example The following example is for the setup data FILE LOAD SETUP EXECUTE CASE1 FILE LOAD SNAP Function Queries all settings related to the loading of the snapshot waveform Syntax FILE LOAD SNAP Example FILE LOAD SNAP gt FILE LOAD SNAP PLANE 1 IM 701730 17E 5 41 5 10 FILE Group FILE LOAD SNAP PLANe Function Sets the plane number of te snapshot Snap 1 to 4 waveform or queries the current setting Syntax FILE LOAD SNAP PLANe lt NRf gt FILE LOAD SNAP PLANe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example FILE LOAD SNAP PLANE 1 FILE LOAD SNAP PLANE gt FILE LOAD SNAP LANE 1 FILE SAVE Function Queries all settings related to data saving Syntax FILE SAVE Example FILE SAVE gt FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE 1 RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE COMPRESSION ON FILE ASCII TRACE 1 RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE FILE FLOAT TRACE 1 RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE SAVE ANAMING OFF NAME SAVED1 COMENT TEST1 FILE SAVE ANAMing Function Turns ON OFF the auto naming function of file names of the saved data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ANAMing lt Boolean gt FILE SAVE ANAMing Example FILE SAVE ANAMING ON FILE SAVE ANAMING gt FILE SAVE ANAMING 1 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Function Queries all settings related to various types of saving data Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Example FILE SAVE BINARY gt FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE 1 RA
74. Function Queries the offset value that is used when converting the waveform specified by the WAVeform RACe command to physical values Syntax WAVeform OFFSet Example WAVEFORM OFFSET gt 0 000E 00 Description This offset value is used when converting the block data that are output by the WAVeform SEND command to physical values WAVeform RANGe Function Queries the range that is used when converting the waveform specified by the WAVeform RACe command to physical values Syntax WAVeform RANGe Example WAVeform RANGe gt 5 000E 00 Description This value is used when converting the block data that is output with the WAVeform SEND command to physical O values S 3 WAVeform RECord 5 Function Sets queries the target record No for the o WAVeform group Syntax WAVeform RECord MINimum NRf WAVeform RECord lt NRf gt 0 to 1023 DL1720E 010 2047 DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL Example WAVEFORM RECORD 0 WAVEFORM RECORD gt WAVEFORM RECORD 0 Description If MINimum is specified the record number is set to the minimum value The record numbers that can be selected vary depending on the extension memory and the acquisition settings For details see the User s Manual WAVeform RECord MINimum Function Syntax Example Queries the smallest record number of the history of the channel WAVeform RECord MINimum WAVEFORM RECORD MINimum gt WAVEFORM RECORD 1023 IM
75. HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 1 0000000 Description When a current probe is used this command sets or queries the Current value HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the search condition of the history search zone or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition OFF IN OUT HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION IN HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION IN Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the desired search zone HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt HORizontal Function Sets the horizontal position of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt HORizontal NRf NRf HISTory ZONE EDIT x HORizontal lt gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div 0 01 steps in the order Upper and Lower Example HISTORY ZONE EDITI HORIZONTAL 4 00 4 00 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 HORIZONTAL gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 HORIZONTAL 4 00 4 00 Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the desired search zone HISTory ZONE EDIT x SOURCe Function Sets the target waveform of the history search zone or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt SOURce lt NR gt lt gt HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt SOURce lt x gt of EDIT lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1
76. IM 701730 17E 5 29 5 8 CURSor Group CURSor TY VERTical DX Function Syntax Example Description Queries the X axis value between vertial cursors in the T Y display CURSor TY VERTical DX CURSOR TY VERTICAL DX gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL DX 2 50E 06 When the time base is set to internal clock The query is for the time between the markers in the time domain and the frequency between the markers in the frequency domain When the time base is set to external clock The numbe of points between the marker cursors is queried CURSor TY VERTical DY Function Syntax Example Description Queries the Y axis value between vertical cursors in the T Y display CURSor TY VERTical DY CURSOR TY VERTICAL DY gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL DY 1 50E 03 When the linear scaling of the Y trace i ON the scaled value is queried CURSor TY VERTical JUMP Function Syntax Example Description Moves the vertical cursor in the T Y display to the specified zoomed waveform CURSor TY VERTical JUMP C1 71 72 z1 C2 22 CURSOR TY VERTICAL JUMP Cl Z1 The cursor jumps to the center position of the zoomed waveform C1 and C2 represent vertical cursors Cursor1 and Cursor2 respectively CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Function Syntax Example Description Queries the 1 AT value between vertical curors in the T Y display CURSor TY VERTical PERDt CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT gt
77. OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE5 TRACE MATH1 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE6 TRACE MATH2 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT IM 701730 17E 5 49 5 11 GONogo Group GONogo ZONE EDIT lt x gt EXIT Function Syntax Example Description Exits from the edit menu of the zone for the GO NO GO determination using zones GONogo ZONE EDIT lt x gt EXIT lt NR gt QUIT lt X gt 1 to 12 1 to 4 are traces 5 and 6 is MATH 1 and 2 7 to 12 are determination zones 1 to 6 On the DL1720E lt X gt 1 2 5 7 8 or 9 1 to 2 are traces 5 is MATH1 7 to 9 are determination zones 1 to 3 lt NRf gt 1 to 6 destination zone No for saving the zone being edited On the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 to 3 GONOGO ZONE EDIT1 EXIT 1 This command must be issued to keep the zones specified using GONogo ZONE EDIT x PART WHOLe An error occurs if this command is issued when the zone is not being edited GONogo ZONE EDIT lt x gt PART Function Syntax Example Description Sets the partial edit of the zone for the GO NO GO determination using zones GONogo ZONE EDIT x PART lt NR gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NR gt lt X gt 1 to 12 1 to 4 are traces 5 and 6 is MATH1 and 2 7 to 12 are determination zones 1 to 6 On the DL1720E lt X gt 1 2 5 7 8 or 9 1 to 2 are traces 5 is MATH1 7 to 9 are determination zones 1 to 3 lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 div
78. SEARch SPATtern PATTern lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 8 lt Character string gt 8 characters of the combination of H L and X The left most character represents the smallest bit Total of 8 bits SEARCH SPATTERN 1 HLXHLXHL SEARCH SPATTERN PATTERN1 gt SEARCH SPATTERN 1 HLXHLXHL Description x represents the 8 bit block number Thus when lt gt 1 the left most character represents bit 0 and the right most character represents bit 7 The relationship between x and the character string is as follows x 1 character string gt bits O to 7 lt gt 2 character string gt bits 8 to 15 lt gt 3 character string gt bits 16 to 23 lt gt 4 character string gt bits 24 to 31 lt x gt 5 character string gt bits 32 to 39 lt x gt 6 character string gt bits 40 to 47 x T character string gt bits 48 to 55 lt x gt 8 character string gt bits 56 to 63 The pattern is assigned the pattern number that is selected with the SEARch SPATtern PSELect command Example SEARCh SPATtern PSELect Pattern Select Function Sets the pattern number to which the status criteria pattern is assigned in the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch SPATtern PSELect lt NRf gt SEARch SPATtern PSELect lt gt 1 to 4 Example SEARCH SP
79. SOURCe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt 1 or 2 1 to the DL1720E Example SEARCH EDGE SOURCE 1 SEARCH EDGE SOURCE gt SEARCH EDGE SOURCE MATH1 SEARch EXECute Function Executes the search using the search amp zoom function This is an overlap command Syntax SEARch EXECute Example SEARCH EXECUTE SEARch MLINkage Mag Linkage Function Turns ON OFF the link when changing the zoom rate of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh MLINkage Boolean SEARCh MLINkage Example SEARCH MLINKAGE ON SEARCH MLINKAGE gt SEARCH MLINKAGE 1 SEARch MAG lt x gt Function Sets the zoom rate of the zoom window of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh MAG lt x gt lt NRf gt SEARCh MAG lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt Up to the point in which 40 points are displayed see the User s Manual SEARCH MAG1 100 SEARCH MAG1 gt SEARCH MAG1 100 Example SEARch PLINkage Position Linkage Function Turns ON OFF the link when moving the zoom box of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh PLINkage Boolean SEARCh PLINkage Example SEARCH PLINKAGE OFF SEARCH PLINKAGE gt SEARCH PLINKAGE 0 SEARch POSition lt x gt Function Sets the zoom box position of the search amp zoom function or queries the current settin
80. TIMEBASE SOURCE INTERNAL TIMebase SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sampling rate Syntax TIMebase SRATe Example TIMEBASE SRATE gt TIMEBASE SRATE 1 0E 09 TIMebase TDIV Function Sets queries the T div setting Syntax TIMebase TDIV Time TIMebase TDIV lt gt 1 ns to 505 Example TIMEBASE TDIV 1 5 TIMEBASE TDIV gt TIMEBASE TDIV 1 000E 03 5 100 IM 701730 17E 5 30 TRIGger Group 5 30 TRIGger Group The commands in the TRIGger group are used to make settings and queries about the trigger The same settings can be made using the TRIGGER group keys SIMPLE and ENHANCED and LEVEL nob and POSITION DELAY O oT lt Space gt 4 Re gt O O ean a H ar SSS lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Spaces Space 1 SAVE Space ADB DELay Space 4 lt gt CONDition Space IM 701730 17E 5 101 5 30 TRIGger Group DELay Space Time O CD Cre pe C cam Cumis pg nz 9 9 Ger La Kc
81. TRACE 4 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 5 1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 REFERENCE1 2 0000000 REFERENCE2 2 0000000 RVALUE 90 CURSor TY DEGRee Function Queries all settings related to angle cursors in the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY DEGree Example CURSOR TY DEREE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 REFERENCE1 2 0000000 REFERENCE2 2 0000000 RVALUE 90 CURSor TY DEGRee DX Function Queries the angle difference AD between angle cursors in the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DX Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DX gt CURSOR TY DEGREE DX 180 00000E 00 CURSor TY DEGRee DY Function Queries the angle difference AV between angle cursors in the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DY Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DY gt CURSOR TY DEGREE DY 5 2500000E 03 CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP Function Moves the angle cursor in the T Y display to the spcified zoomed waveform Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP Cl 21 z2 C2 71 2 z2 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE JUMP Z1 Description The cursor jumps to the center position of the zoomed waveform C1 and C2 represent Cursor1 and Cursor2 respectively CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt Function Sets the psition of the angle cursor in the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt
82. be Used at Power ON Basically the previous settings i e the settings which were valid when power was turned OFF are valid All commands are available at power ON 5 Message Transmission Options a Input Buffer Size 4096 bytes b Queries which Return Multiple Response Messages Refer to Chapter 5 Command List c Queries which Generate Response Data during Analysis of the Syntax Every query generates a response data when analysis of the syntax is completed d Queries which Generate Response Data during Reception No query generates response data when the query is received by the controller e Commands Consisting of Parameters which Restrict One Other Some commands like the CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage PROBe and VDIV have parameters which restrict unilaterally but no commands have parameters which restrict bilaterally 6 Options Included in Command Function Elements and Composite Header Elements Refer to Chapters 4 and 5 7 Buffer Size which Affects Transmission of Block Data During transmission of block data the output queue is extended according to the size of the data blocks 8 List of Program Data Elements which can be Used in Equations and Nesting Limit No equations can be used 9 Syntax of Response to Queries Refer to the description of the commands given in Chapter 5 10 Communications between Devices which do not Follow the Response Syntax Not supported 11 Size of Data Block of Response Data 1 to 16032000 bytes A
83. display or history all waveform display Bit 13 INI Initializing Sets to 1 during initialization Bit 14 FFT Set to 1 during FFT calculation or user defined computation IM 701730 17E 6 4 Extended Event Register 6 5 Output Queue and Error Queue The filter is applied to each bit of the condition register seperately and can be selected from the following Note that the numbering of the bits used in the filter setting differs from the actual bit number 1 to 16 vs 0 to 15 Rise The bit of the extended event register becomes 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 0 to 1 Fall The bit of the extended event register becomes 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 1 to 0 Both The bit of the extended event register becomes 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 0 to 1 orfrom 1 to 0 Never The bit of the extended event register is disabled and always 0 6 5 Output Queue and Error Queue Overview of the Output Queue The output queue is provided to store response messages to queries For example when the WAVeform SEND query is sent to request output of the acquired waveform the response data will be stored in the output queue until it is read out The example below shows that data is stored record by record in the output queue and is read out oldest item first newest item last The output queue is emptied in the fol
84. function or queries the current setting SEARch PPATtern CLOCk HYSYeresis lt NRf gt SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk HYSYeresis lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 div 0 1 steps SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS 4 0 SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS 4 00 An error occurs if SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE Sets the search level of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch PPATtern CLOCk LEVel lt voltage gt SEARch PPATtern CLOCk LEVel 8 divisions within the screen 0 01 division steps SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL 1V SEARCH PPATTERN CLCOK LEVEL gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL 1 000E 00 error occurs if SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE When set to the current probe sets the Current value or queries the current setting SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe Function Syntax Example Description Sets the slope of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe FALL RISE SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE FALL SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE FALL An error occurs if SEARch PPATtern CLOC
85. gt 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt CONSt lt x gt CYCLe CYCLe ABORt CYCLe EXECute CYCLe TRACe HISTory ABORt HISTory EXECute MODE ONECycle TLINkage lt x gt TRANge lt x gt Time Range USER lt x gt USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt ITEM USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt TRACe Sets the trace of the reference waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting 5 73 DELay STATe Sets the measurement mode of the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting 5 73 DPRoximal Queries all settings related to distal mesial and proximal values of the automated measurement of waveform parameters 5 74 DPRoximal MODE Sets the unit of the distal mesial and proximal values of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 5 74 DPRoximal PERCent Sets the distal mesial and proximal values of the automated measurement of waveform parameters in terms of a percentage or queries the current setting 5 74 DPRoximal UNIT Sets the distal mesial and
86. gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE IM 701730 17E 5 73 5 17 MEASure Group MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal Function Queries all settings related to distal mesial and proximal values of the automated measurement of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 2 000E 00 0 0E 00 2 000E 00 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal MODE Function Sets the unit of the distal mesial and proximal values of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal MODE PERCent UNIT MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal MODE x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL MODE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal PERCent Function Sets the distal mesial and proximal values of the automated m
87. ien pec ei ee eta 5 62 COMMent 5 62 COMPression 5 62 EXEOute 5 62 FORMat 5 62 IMAGE 5 62 SAVE ANAMing 5 62 SAVE CDIRectory 5 62 SAVE DRIVe 5 62 SSAVE NAME 5 62 SAVE 5 62 SEND 5 62 Sn 5 62 INITialize Group EXECU iis iiec 5 63 ape 5 63 MATH Group lt gt 5 65 BINAY 5 65 5 65 FFT POINts m FFT SPOMI rina TFET WINDOW inerenti auia wei INTegral SPOint rete corretta INTegral 5 65 LABel iss 5 65 OPERaliOl uci eite cct heit 5 66 SCALe CENTer 5 66 SCALe MODE 5 66 SCALe SENSitivity 5 66 SCALE 5 66 SMOothing 5 66 JE 5 66 MEASure Group CHANnel x MATH x Parameter 5 74 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEANI M miter 5 75 CHANnel x MATH x Parameter COUNt 5 75 CHANnel x MATH x Parameter STATe 5 75 CHANnel x MATH x Parameter VALue 5 75 lt gt lt gt
88. is not possible to read MSS Clearing the Status Byte No method is provided for forcibly clearing all the bits in the status byte Bits which are cleared are shown below When an Query is Made Using the STB Query No bit is cleared When a Serial Poll is Performed Only the RQS bit is cleared When the cLs Command is Received When the CLS command is received the status byte itself is not cleared but the contents of the standard event register which affects the bits in the status byte are cleared As a result the corresponding bits in the status byte are cleared except bit 4 MAV since the output queue cannot be emptied by the cLS command However the output queue will also be cleared if the cLS command is received just after a program message terminator 6 3 Standard Event Register Overview of the Standard Event Register 71615 413 2 1 0 PONURQCMEEXE DDEQYERQCOPC Bit 7 PON Power ON Bit 7 PON Power ON Set to 1 when power is turned ON Bit 6 URQ User Request Not used always 0 Bit 5 CME Command Error Set to 1 when the command syntax is incorrect Examples Incorrectly spelled command name 9 used in octal data Bit 4 EXE Execution Error Set to 1 when the command syntax is correct but the command cannot be executed in the current state Examples Parameters are outside the setting range an attempt is made to make a hard copy during acquisitio
89. number of waveform acquisitions during normal mode average mode and box average or queries the current setting 5 16 ACQuire INTerleave Turns the interleave mode ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 16 ACQuire MODE Sets the waveform acquisition mode or queries the current setting 5 16 ACQuire REPetitive Turns the repetitive sampling mode ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 16 ACQuire RLENgth Sets the record length or queries the current setting 5 16 ASETup Group ASETup EXECute Executes auto setup 5 17 ASETup UNDO Cancels the previous auto setup operation 5 17 CALibrate Group CALibrate Queries all settings related to calibration 5 17 CALibrate DESKew Queries all settings related to skew compensation 5 17 CALibrate DESKew MODE Turns the skew compensation ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 17 CALibrate DESKew TARGet Sets the channel on which skew compensation is to be performed or queries the current setting 5 17 CALibrate DESKew TIME Sets the skew adjustment time that are common to all channels or queries the current setting 5 17 CALibrate EXECute Executes the calibration 5 18 CALibrate MODE Turns auto calibration ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 18 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt Queries all settings related to the vertical axis of the channel 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth Sets the input filter of the channel or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt COUPling Sets the input coupl
90. of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt Parameter gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DELay DUTYcycle FALL HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE VALUE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE VALUE 4 950E 00 Description If the measurement is not possible NAN Not A Number is returned The last lt NRf gt is used to query the parameter value of the lt NRf gt time after executing the statistical processing If the value corresponding to the relevant count NAN Not A Number is returned n the case other than cycle statistical processing lt NRf gt can be omitted If omitted inquiry is made on the parameter value of the newest history If lt NRf gt is attached inquiry is made on parameter value of the NRf th oldest waveform from the newest waveform in the history memory n the case of cycle statistical processing lt NRf gt can be omitted If omitted inquiry is made on the parameter value in the range of the last measured cycle If lt NRf gt is attached inquiry is made in the range of the cycle measured on the lt NRf gt th time from the left of the screen IM 701730 17E 5 75 5 17 MEASure Group
91. parameters from the internal memory 5 83 SEARch Group SEARch Queries all settings related to the search amp zoom function 5 87 SEARch ABORt Aborts the search using the search amp zoom function 5 87 SEARch ASCRo11 Queries all settings related to the auto scroll of the search amp zoom function 5 87 SEARCh ASCROll DIRection Sets the direction for moving the zoom box of the auto scroll when using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 87 SEARch ASCROll1 SPEed Sets the speed for moving the zoom box of the auto scroll when using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 87 SEARch EDGE Queries all settings related to the edge search of the search amp zoom function 5 87 SEARch EDGE COUNt Sets the edge detection count of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 87 SEARch EDGE HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 87 SEARch EDGE LEVE1 Sets the edge detection level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 87 SEARch EDGE SLOPe Sets the edge search slope of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 87 SEARch EDGE SOURce Sets the target waveform of the edge search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 88 SEARch EXECute Executes the search using the search amp zoom funct
92. parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting MEASure USER x OPERation PLUS MINus MULTiple DIVision MEASure USER lt x gt OPERation lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASURE USER1 OPERATION PLUS MEASURE USER1 OPERATION gt MEASURE USER1 OPERATION PLUS USER lt x gt STATe Turns ON OFF the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting MEASure USER lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt MEASure USER lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASURE USER1 STATE MEASURE USER1 STATE gt MEASURE USER1 STATE 1 USER lt x gt UNIT Sets the display unit of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting MEASure USER lt x gt UNIT Character string gt MEASure USER lt x gt UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Character string gt Up to 3 characters MEASURE USER1 UNIT UNIT MEASURE USER1 UNIT gt MEASURE USER1 UNIT UNIT IM 701730 17E 5 77 5 17 MEASure Group MEASure USER lt x gt VALue Function Syntax Example Description Queries the measured value of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area MEASure USER lt x gt VALue lt NRf gt lt gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 24000 MEASURE USER1 VALUE gt MEASURE USER1 VALUE 1 000E 00 The last appended lt NRf gt is used to query each parameter of lt NRf gt numbers after statistical processing
93. proximal values of the automated measurement of waveform parameters in terms of a voltage or current or queries the current setting METHod Sets the high and low levels of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting lt parameter gt Queries all settings related to the waveform parameters of each waveform lt parameter gt COUNt Queries the number of statistical processing of each waveform parameter parameter MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Queries the statistics of each waveform parameter parameter STATe Turns the waveform parameter ON OFF or queries the current setting one by one parameter VALue Queries the value of the automated measurement of each waveform parameter Sets the constants to be used in the automated measurement of waveform parameters of Dual Area or queries the current setting Queries all settings related to the periodic statistical processing of the automated measurement of waveform parameters Cycle Statistics Aborts the periodic statistical processing of the automated measurementof waveform parameters Cycle Statistics Executes the periodic statistical processing of the automated measurement of waveform parameters Cycle Statistics Sets the waveform used to determine the period for the periodic statistical processing of automated measurement of waveform parameters Cycle Statistics or queries the current setting Aborts the statistical processing withi
94. refer to the next page Example ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL COUNT 1 lt RMT gt Unit Unit lt RMT gt RMT is the terminator used for every response message Only one type of response message is available NL END IM 701730 17E 4 1 Messages Response Message Unit Format The format of a program message unit is shown below Response data Y Response header Space Response Header A response header sometimes precedes the response data Response data must be separated from the header by a space For details refer to page 4 5 Response Data Response data is used to define a response If multiple items of response data are used they must be separated by a comma For details refer to page 4 5 Example 1 25E 02 lt RMT gt ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt 2 IW Data Header Data If a program message contains more than one query responses are made in the same order as the queries Normally each query returns only one response message unit but there are some queries which return more than one response message unit The first response message unit always responds to the first query but it is not always true that the n th unit always responds to the n th query Therefore if you want to make sure that a response is made to each query the program message must be divided up into individual messages Points to Note Concerni
95. s Manual HISTory SMODe Search Mode Function Sets the search mode of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory SMODe OFF ZONE PARameter HISTory SMODe HISTORY SMODE ZONE HISTORY SMODE gt HISTORY SMODE ZONE Example 5 58 IM 701730 17E 5 13 HISTory Group HISTory TIME Function Queries the time of the target record number of the history memory waveform Syntax HISTory TIME lt NR gt MINimum Example HISTORY TIME 100 gt HISTORY TIME 0100 10 20 30 40 Description If MINimum is specified the minimum record number is selected HISTory ZONE Function Queries all settings related to the history search zone Syntax HISTory ZONE Example HISTORY ZONE HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 1 0000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT2 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 1 0000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT3 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 3 0000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT4 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 2 5000000 HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND 5 2 lt gt Function Queries all settings related to the search zone of the history search zone Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt lt gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1
96. stop acquisition use STOP IM 701730 17E 5 93 Hu 5 25 STATus Group 5 25 STATus Group The commands in the STATus group are used to make settings and queries about the status report There is no front panel key for this function For details of the status report refer to Chapter 6 STATus STATus Function Syntax Example STATus Function Syntax Example Description lt Space gt lt Register gt lt Space gt FALL BOTH EVer SPOLI Inquires about all the settings relating to the communications status function STATus STATUS STATUS EESE 0 FILTER1 NEVER FILTER2 NEVER FILTER3 NEVER FILTER4 NEVER FILTER5 NEVER FILTER6 NEVER FILTER7 NEVER FILTER8 NEVER FILTER9 NEVER FILTER10 NEVER FILTER11 NEVER FILTER12 NEVER FILTER13 NEVER FILTER14 NEVER FILTER15 NEVER FILTER16 NEVER QENABLE 1 QMESSAGE 1 CONDition Queries the contents of the condition register and clears the register STATus CONDition STATUS CONDITION gt 16 For a description of the event register refer to chapter 6 STATus EESE Function Sets queries the extended event enable register Syntax STATus EESE Register STATus EESE lt gt 0 to 65535 Example STATUS EESE B00000000 STATUS EESE gt STATUS EESE 0 Description For a description of the event register refer to chapter 6 STATus EESR Function Quer
97. the channel that is to be assigned to the X axis in the X Y display or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt NRf MATH x XY lt x gt XTRace x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Example XY1 XTRACE 1 XY1 XTRACE gt 1 1 Description When lt gt is set to SINGle lt NRf gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 When xY x XAXis is set to DUAL If XY lt x gt XY1 lt NRf gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 If XY lt x gt XY2 lt NRf gt 3 or 4 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 2 XY x YTRace Function Sets the channel that is to be assigned to the Y axis in the X Y display or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt x lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the 0117206 When the x lt gt is 1 lt NRf gt 1 or 2 x of MATH lt x gt 1 When the x in XY x is 2 DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only lt NRf gt 3 4 x of MATH lt x gt 2 Example XY1 YTRACE 1 XY1 YTRACE gt XY1 YTRACE 1 5 116 IM 701730 17E 5 33 ZOOM Group 5 33 ZOOM Group The commands in the ZOOM group are used to make settings and queries about the zoom function These settings can also be made using the ZOOM key on the front panel
98. to 3 on the DL1720E Example GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 SEND 6004028 data string GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 SEND gt GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 SEND 6004028 data string Description The data string consists of zone data of length 4028 bytes Zone data consist of 8 bit data 0 to 255 This data string may contain ASCII codes OAH or OOH that stand for NL Hence care must be taken when programming the controller This command is used to save the zone data to the PC and set the data as zone data on the instrument When this command is used to set the zone data to the instrument to perform the determination issue the sGONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt MODE ON command afterwards GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the target trace of the zone for GO NO GO determination using zones or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt TRACe NR MATH lt y gt GONogo ZONE ZONE x TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt gt 1 to 6 1 to 3 on the DL1720E lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 TRACE 1 GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 TRACE gt GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 TRACE 1 IM 701730 17E 5 51 spuewwog fe 5 12 HCOPy Group 5 12 HCOPy Group The commands in the HCOPy group are used to make settings and queries about screen image data print for example output to the optional built in printer You can make the same settin
99. when the Ethernet interface option is installed HCOPy NETprint TYPE Function Sets the printer description language sent to the network printer or the type of printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy NETPrint TYPE BJ NR ESCP LIPS PCL5 ESCP2 PSCRipt HCOPy NETPrint TYPE lt NRf gt 180 300 360 or 600 dpi HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE PSCRIPT HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE gt HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE PSCRIPT Description lt NRf gt is specified only when the type is set to BJ Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed Example HCOPy PRINter Function Queries all settings related to printing when using the built in printer Syntax HCOPy PRINter Example HCOPY PRINTER gt HCOPY PRINTER TYPE SHORT REPORT 0 TLINKAGE 0 RANGE 5 00 5 00 MAG 2 HCOPy PRINter MAG Function Sets the magnification for long print or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PRINter MAG NRf HCOPy PRINter MAG lt NRf gt 2 to 25000 See the User s Manual HCOPY PRINTER MAG 1 HCOPY PRINTER MAG gt HCOPY PRINTER MAG 1 Example HCOPy PRINter RANGe Function Sets the print range for long print or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PRINter RANGe lt NRf gt lt NR gt HCOPy PRINter RANGe lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 10 div displayed record length steps HCOPY PRINTER RANGE 2 50 2 50 HCOPY PRINTER RANGE gt HCOPY PRINTER R
100. 0 01 div steps T1 and T2 cursors 8 00 to 8 00 div 0 01 steps up and down In the order T1 2 1 and GONOGO ZONE EDIT1 PART 2 50 2 50 1 00 1 00 When you finish editing you must exit the edit mode using the GONogo ZONE EDIT x EXIT command to keep the new zone GONogo ZONE EDIT lt x gt WHOLe Function Syntax Example Description Edits the zone for the GO NO GO determination using zones GONogo ZONE EDIT x WHOLe NR NR NR NR lt gt 1 to 12 1 to 4 are traces 5 and 6 is MATH 1 and 2 7 to 12 are determination zones 1 to 6 On the DL1720E lt X gt 1 2 5 7 8 or 9 1 to 2 are traces 5 is MATH1 7 to 9 are determination zones 1 to 3 lt NRf gt 0 to 5 00 div 0 01 steps left and right 0 to 8 00 div 0 01 steps up and down In the order lt and GONOGO ZONE EDIT1 WHOLE 2 50 2 50 1 00 1 00 When you finish editing you must exit the edit mode using the GONogo ZONE EDIT x EXIT command to keep the new zone GONogo Function Syntax Example GONogo Function Syntax Example Description GONogo Function Syntax Example GONogo Function Syntax Example ZONE ZONE lt x gt Queries all settings related to GO NO GO determination using zones of the specified zone GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 6 1 to 3 on the DL1720E GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 gt GO
101. 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 80 000E 09 TRIGGER ADB DELAY 1 000E 09 TRIGGER DELAY 0 0E 00 PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 SLOPE RISE TRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER POSITION 50 000 MODE AUTO WIDTH TYPE IN CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 HIGH CHANNEL4 HIGH CONDITION TRUE 1 1 000 09 2 1 000E 09 WINDOW 0 TRIGGER OR WINDOW 0 CHANNEL1 RISE CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF SCOUNT 2 TV TYPE NTSC POLARITY NEGATIVE LEVEL 5000000 0 FIELD 1 LINE 5 FRAME 1 TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 DONTCARE CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION OPC OPeration Complete Function Syntax Example Description Sets bit 0 OPC bit of the standard event register to 1 when execution of an overlap command is completed OPC OPC For a description of the synchronization method using refer to page 4 8 Designation of an overlap command is performed using COMMunicate OPSE Operation is not guaranteed if OPC is not appended to the end of the message 5 120 IM 701730 17E 5 34 Common Command Group OPC OPeration Complete
102. 1 FILE LOAD SNAP Queries all settings related to the loading of the snapshot waveform data 5 41 IM 701730 17E 5 3 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page FILE LOAD SNAP PLANe Sets the plane number of the snapshot waveform data Snap1 to 4 or queries the current setting 5 42 FILE SAVE Queries all settings related to saving 5 42 FILE SAVE ANAMing Turns ON OFF the auto naming function of file names of the saved data or queries the current setting 5 42 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Queries all settings related to various types of data 5 42 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP ABORt Aborts saving the various types of data 5 42 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP EXECute Executes the data save operation 5 42 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory Sets whether to save all the waveform data or a selected waveform or queries the current setting 5 42 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe Sets the range of data to be saved or queries the current setting 5 42 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe Sets the waveform to be saved or queries the current setting 5 42 FILE SAVE BINary COMPression Sets P P compression for saving the waveform data or queries the current setting 5 42 FILE SAVE COMMent Sets comments or queries the current setting 5 42 FILE SAVE NAME Sets the name of the data file to be saved or queri
103. 1720E lt voltage gt See the User s Manual Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 000E 00 Description When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value or queries the current setting IM 701730 17E 5 109 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh Function Sets the width of the window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh lt voltage gt TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt voltage gt one to eight times V div 1 100 of V div steps TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH 5V TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH 5 0E 00 Description When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value or queries the current setting Example TRIGger TV Function Queries all settings related to the TV trigger Syntax TRIGger TV Example TRIGGER TV gt TRIGGER TV TYPE NTSC POLARITY NEGATIVE LEVEL 0 5 FIELD 1 LINE 5 FRAME 1 Description The trigger source for the TV trigger is fixed to CH1 TRIGger TV FIELd Function Sets the field on which to activate the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TV FIELd DONTcare lt NRf gt TRIGger TV FIELd lt NRf gt 1 or 2 Example TRIGGER TV FIELD DONTCARE TRIGGER TV FIELD g
104. 2 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 POVERSHOOT STATE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 PTOPEAK 0 MEASURE MATH2 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH2 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH2 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATH2 METHOD AUTO MEASURE USER1 STATE 0 AREA1 TRACE 1 ITEM PTOPEAK MEASURE USER1 AREA2 TRACE 2 MAXIMUM MEASURE USER1 OPERATION PLUS UNIT MEASURE USER2 STATE 0 1 TRACE 3 ITEM MINIMUM MEASURE USER2 AREA2 TRACE 4 ITEM RMS MEASURE USER2 0PERATION MINUS UNIT MEASURE USER3 STATE 0 AREA1 TRACE 1 PERIOD MEASURE USER3 AREA2 TRACE MATH2 ITEM AVGPERIOD MEASURE USER3 OPERATION MULTIPLE UNIT MEASURE USERA4 STATE 0 1 TRACE NONE ITEM XY1INTEG MEASURE USER4 AREA2 TRACE CONSTI ITEM XY2INTEG MEASURE USER4 OPERATION DIVISION UNIT MEASURE CONST1 1 00000E 00 CONST2 1 00000E 00 CONST3 1 00000E 00 CONST4 1 00000E 00 CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASURE ONECYCLE 0 TLINKAGE1 0 TLINKAGE2 0 TRANGE1 5 0000000 5 0000000 TRANGE2 5 0000000 5 0000000
105. 38 56 48 72 58 88 68 104 78 120 9 11 TCT 31 SPD 51 9 71 25 111 9 131 25 151 9 171 25 HT EM 9 I i y 9 9 19 25 29 41 39 57 49 73 59 89 69 105 79 121 A 12 32 52 10 72 26 112 10 132 26 152 10 172 26 LF SUB 2 2 10 1 26 2A 42 58 4A 74 5 901 6 106 7 122 13 33 53 11 73 27 113 11 133 27 153 11 173 27 VT ESC B 11 1B 27 2 43 3 59 4B 75 5 91 6 107 7 123 gt 14 34 54 12 74 281114 12 134 28 154 12 174 28 FF FS lt L v 1 I 12 1C 28 2 44 3C 60 4C 76 5C 92 6C 108 7C 124 D 15 35 55 13 75 29 115 13 135 29 155 13 175 29 CR GS M m D 13 1D 29 20 45 30 61 40 77 5D 9360 109 70 125 16 36 56 14 76 30 116 14 136 30 156 141176 30 SO RS gt n E 14 1E 30 2E 46 3E 62 4 78 94 6E 110 7E 126 F 17 37 57 15 77 UNL 117 15 137 157 15 T DET SI US __ RUBOUT F 15 1F 31 2F 47 3F 63 4F 79 5F 95 6F 111 7F 127 Address Universal Listener Talker Secondary Command Command Address Address Command Example octal GP IB code ASCII character code hexadecimal decimal IM 701730 17E App 1 xipueddy H Appendix 2 Error Messages Appendix 2 Error Messages Error messages related to communications are given below The instrument allows error messages to be displayed in either Japanese or English however they are shown only in English when they are displayed on a personal computer When servicing is required
106. 4 Queries the error code and the details of the error 5 94 Sets the transition filter or queries the current setting 5 95 Sets whether or not to store messages other than errors in the error queue or queries the current setting 5 95 Sets whether or not to attach message information to the response to the STATus ERRor query or queries the current setting 5 95 Executes serial polling 5 95 Stops the waveform acquisition 5 95 Queries information about the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory 5 96 Queries information about the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory at the specified number 5 96 Sets comments for the setting parameters that are to be stored to the internal memory at the specified number or queries the current setting 5 96 Queries the date and time for the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory at the specified number 5 96 Saves the setting parameters to the internal memory at the specified number 5 96 Turns ON OFF the protection for the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory at the specified number or queries the current setting 5 96 Queries all settings related to the system 5 98 Queries the lithium battery level 5 98 Turns the click sound ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 98 Queries all settings related to date and time 5 98 Sets the date or queries the current setting 5 98 Turns the date and time display ON OFF or querie
107. 4166666666667 10 2 5 11 2 54166666666667 12 2 58333333333333 13 2 58333333333333 14 2 54166666666667 15 2 5 16 2 5 17 2 54166666666667 18 2 54166666666667 19 2 541 66666666667 20 2 58333333333333 21 2 54166666666667 22 2 54166666666667 23 2 58333333333333 Sample1 GPIB Set Get TDIV Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Sample3 GPIB Get Measure Sample4 USB SetGet TDIV Sample5 USB i GetWord Data END 7 10 IM 701730 17E 7 6 Sets Queries Measure Value 7 6 Sets Queries Measure Value Sample3 GPIB Get Measure value Private Function GpibGetMeasure As Long Dim sts As Long sts InitGpib If sts lt gt 0 Then GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts GetMeasure If sts lt gt 0 Then GpibGetMeasure 1 GoTo GpibGetMeasureEnd End If GpibGetMeasure 0 GpibGetMeasureEnd Call CloseDevice End Function Private Function GetMeasure As Long Dim msg As String Dim qry As String Dim sts As Long Dim stp As Integer Dim rlen As Long msg Space 100 Space 100 msg STOP sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg COMMUNICATE HEADER OFF sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE MODE OFF sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exi
108. 6 pattern trigger 5 107 periodic statistical processing 5 76 PHASE GOUD h iiec ea ieee 5 79 pliase shift certet Fer Rte nt RR emm 5 79 physical value 5 143 preset functiori nec enne terti ee nne 5 81 PRES6t GrOUp onere eden Ene nOD ere es 5 80 print external printer 5 53 print of screen image data 5 53 print ODOratlOr etre te erre rer recie 5 53 elc P 5 108 probe attenuation we 5 21 program 4 1 program message 4 1 pulse width search 5 91 pulse width trigger eee 5 110 Q clie 5 113 range over GO NO GO determination 5 50 rear panel RECall Group s oer nenne eus 5 83 record length 4 5 16 remote remote 1 8 2 2 3 2 repetitive 4 5 16 reset resporise dala 4 03 eee response header response message teneret 4 1 S 2 SAMPIING rate eet eerte tera nnne ret reed 5 100 scale conversion 5 66 screen color 5 35 Screen image data save 5
109. 6 Sets Queries Measure 7 11 Appendix 1 ASCII Character Code 2 22044 44 4 1 0 nennen nnne nnns App 1 Appendix 2 Error App 2 Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 App 4 Appendix 4 Waveform Parameter Name Correspondence Table App 6 IM 701730 17E vii 1 1 Names of the Parts and their Functions Chapter 1 Overview of the GP IB Interface 1 1 Names of the Parts and their Functions Front Panel DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL DL1740E 8 YOKOGAWA SHIFT Key CLEAR TRACE Key Press to switch from remote mode to local mode which allows key operation However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller refer to page 1 6 I MISC Key Page 1 5 Press to enter the communication settings such as the address and the timeout Rear Panel DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL
110. 65 B FILE Group format rmn tmn 5 41 backlight eerte eran nint tinc free disk space inerte rt emnt 5 41 binary computation T frotitpariel c5 ott erri n rers 1 1 2 1 3 1 block datas dese eed rer emet xenon er brightness 82 GO NO GO determination 2 5 47 C GO NO GO determination zone 5 50 TT GO NO GO determination logic we 5 48 GALibrate GrOUD onion ire cin ec coiere 5 17 GO NO GO determination type 5 48 calibration 5 17 5 119 GONogo 5 44 CHANnel GrOUp 5 19 GP IB Cornhectol s acc cm ina e ec e 1 1 channel ON OFF 5 20 graticule 5 36 character data 4 6 QUOUP p 4 3 character string data 4 7 CLEar Group 5 22 CHCKSOUNG 55s re nte reir EL t dem E nde hoa 5 98 H clock channel parallel pattern search 5 89 22 nennen 5 52 clock channel serial pattern search 5 90 arco 4 1 Command 4 3 5 109 Common Command
111. ANGE 2 50 2 50 Example HCOPy PRINter REPort Function Sets whether to print additional information when printing to the built in printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PRINter REPort Boolean HCOPy PRINter REPort Example HCOPY PRINTER REPORT ON HCOPY PRINTER REPORT gt HCOPY PRINTER REPORT 1 HCOPy PRINter TLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the print range cursors for long print using the built in printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PRINter TLINkage Boolean HCOPy PRINter TLINkage Example HCOPY PRINTER TLINKAGE ON HCOPY PRINTER TLINKAGE gt HCOPY PRINTER TLINKAGE 1 sHCOPy PRINter TYPE Function Sets short print or long print when printing to the built in printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PRINter TYPE LONG SHORt HCOPy PRINter TYPE Example HCOPY PRINTER TYPE SHORT HCOPY PRINTER TYPE gt HCOPY PRINTER TYPE SHORT 5 54 IM 701730 17E 5 13 HISTory Group 5 13 HISTory Group The commands in the HISTory group are used to make settings and queries about the history memory function You can make the same settings that you can make using HISTORY on the front panel Og Cree SL SOURCE NR source poene e 9 O 8 TYPE O AV ERage Space Voltage lt gt gt AVGFreq lt Space gt F
112. ANNEL8 0 0E 00 1 lt gt Function Sets the amount of phase shift of the waveform or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt time PHASe CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt time gt time between T div 5 and T div 5 Example PHASE CHANNEL2 lus PHASE CHANNEL2 gt PHASE CHANNEL2 1 000000E 06 Description Phase shift may not be possible on some channels depending on the interleave mode setting When the time base is set to external clock an error results PHASe MODE Function Turns the phase shift function ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax PHASe MODE Boolean PHASe MODE Example PHASE MODE ON PHASE MODE PHASE MODE 1 Description When the time base is set to external clock an error results IM 701730 17E 5 79 5 19 PRESet Group 5 19 PRESet Group The commands in the PRESet group deal with the preset function These commands can be used to make the same settings and inquiries as when PRESET on the front panel is pressed 4 Q O C PRESet O PROBe Space lt NRf gt 2 02 77 LEVel Space Voltage OA Cena E LO C10 r O LEVel ISERdefine Space Voltage lt J Space Voltage es SELectc
113. ATE SYSTem CLOCk MODE SYSTem CLOCk SNTP SYSTem CLOCk SNTP EXECute SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime SYSTem CLOCk TIME SYSTem CLOCk TYPE SYSTem LANGuage SYSTem LCD Function Page Sets the search type of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 91 Queries all settings related to the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function 5 91 Sets the hysteresis of the pulse width search level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 92 Sets the pulse width search level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 92 Sets the polarity of the pulse width search level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 92 Sets the target waveform of the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 92 Sets the pulse width of the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 92 Sets the search type of the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 92 Executes snapshot 5 93 Starts the data acquisition with the trigger mode set to single 5 93 Starts waveform acquisition 5 93 Queries all settings related to the communication status function 5 94 Queries the status register 5 94 Sets the extended event enable register or queries the current setting 5 94 Queries the extended event register and clears the register 5 9
114. ATTERN PSELECT 1 Description The values 1 to 4 of lt x gt correspond to pattern A to D SEARCh SPATtern SOURCe Function Sets the search target waveform of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh SPATtern SOURCe lt NR gt lt gt SEARch SPATtern SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E SEARCH SPATTERN SOURCE 1 SEARCH SPATTERN SOURCE gt SEARCH SPATTERN SOURCE 1 Example SEARch SPOint Start Point Function Sets the search start point of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch SPOint lt NR gt SEARCh SPOint lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps SEARCH SPOINT 3 SEARCH SPOINT gt SEARCH SPOINT 3 0000000 Example SEARch TWINdow Target WINdow Function Sets the zoom window on which the searched section is displayed using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch TWINdow Z1 Z2 SEARCh TWINdow Example SEARCH TWINDOW Z1 SEARCH TWINDOW SEARCH TWINDOW Z1 SEARCh TYPE Function Sets the search type of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh TYPE SPATtern WIDTh EDGE PPATtern ASCRoll SPI SEARCh TYPE Example SEARCH TYPE SPATTERN SEARCH TYPE gt SEARCH TYPE SPATTERN SEARCh WIDT
115. CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1 000E 00 When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value or queries the current setting Syntax Example Description SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt lt gt PATTern Function Sets the criteria status of the target waveform of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARCh PPATtern 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt PATTern HIGH LOW DONTcare SEARch PPATtern CHANnel x lt gt x of CHANnel x 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 PATTERN HIGH SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 PATTERN gt SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 PATTERN HIGH Syntax Example SEARch PPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the parallel pattern search of the search amp zoom function Syntax SEARch PPATtern CLOCk Example SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 LEVEL 1 000E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 SLOPE RISE SEARch PPATtern CLOCk HYSYeresis Function Syntax Example Description SEARch PPATtern CLOCk LEVel Function Syntax Example Description Sets the search level hysteresis of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom
116. CLOCK gt TRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 SLOPE RISE PATTern CLOCk SLOPe Sets the slope of the clock channel when using the pattern trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SLOPe FALL RISE TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SLOPe TRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SLOPE RISE TRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SLOPE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE PATTERN CLOCK SLOPE RISE An error results if TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SOURce NONE is specified PATTern CLOCk SOURce Sets the clock channel when using the pattern trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt NONE TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SOURce lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E TRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 IM 701730 17E 5 107 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger PATTern CONDition Function Sets the trigger condition when using the pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger PATTern CONDition ENTer EXIT FALSe TRUE TRIGger PATTern CONDition TRIGGER PATTERN CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER PATTERN CONDITION gt TRIGGER PATTERN CONDITION ENTER Description Select the condition from ENTer EXIT when TRIGger PATTERN CLOCk SOURce NONE is specified and from FALSe TRUE Example otherwise TRIGger POSition Function Sets the trigger position or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger POSition lt NRf g
117. Caption Samplel GPIB Chr 13 Set Get TDIV Command2 Caption Sample2 GPIB Chr 13 Get Word Data Command3 Caption Sample3 GPIB Chr 13 Get Measure Command4 Caption Sample4 USB Chr 13 Set Get TDIV Command5 Caption Sample5 USB Chr 13 Get Word Data Textl Text End Sub uig1604d ies IM 701730 17E 7 5 7 4 Sets Queries the T Div 7 4 Sets Queries the T Div Samplel GPIB Set Get TDIV Private Function GpibTdiv As Long Dim sts As Long sts InitGpib If sts lt gt 0 Then GpibTdiv 1 Exit Function End If sts GetTdiv If sts lt gt 0 Then GpibTdiv 1 GoTo GpibTdivEnd End If GpibTdiv 0 GpibTdivEnd Call CloseDevice End Function Initialize GPIB T DIV Function Device Close Private Function UsbTdiv As Long Dim sts As Integer sts InitUsb If sts lt gt 0 Then UsbTdiv 1 Exit Function End If sts GetTdiv If sts lt gt 0 Then UsbTdiv 1 GoTo UsbTdivEnd End If UsbTdiv 0 UsbTdivEnd Call CloseDevice End Function Initialize USB T DIV Function Device Close Private Function GetTdiv As Long Dim msg As String Dim qry As String Dim sts As Long Dim rlen As Long msg Space 100 qry Space 100 msg TIMEBASE TDIV 2ms sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetTdiv 1 Exit Function End If msg TIMEBASE TDIV sts TmSend
118. DIV lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt Voltage gt 2 mV to 10V when the probe attenuation is 1 1 see the User s Manual CHANNEL1 VDIV 2V CHANNEL1 VDIV gt CHANNEL1 VDIV 2 000E 00 Description When a current probe is used this command sets or queries the Current value Example IM 701730 17E 5 21 spuewwog 5 6 Group 5 6 CLEar Group The CLEar command is used to cler the trace This allows you to perform the same operation that you can perform using CLEAR TRACE on the front panel 3 CLEar Function Clears trace Syntax CLEar Example CLEAR IM 701730 17E 5 22 5 7 COMMunicate Group 5 7 COMMunicate Group The commands the COMMunicate group are us is no front panel key with this function ed to make settings and queries aout communications There 7 O HEADer gt Space lt COMMunicate C CH 1 lt lt Space gt MC opse Space lt Register gt gt OVERIap Space _ gt lt Register gt N REMote lt Space gt O lt Space gt I VERBose
119. DL1700E Series Digital Oscilloscope Communication Interface USER S MANUAL e Yokogawa Electric IM 701730 17E 2nd Edition Foreward Notes Thank you for purchasing YOKOGAWA s DL1700E Series DL1720E DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL Digital Oscilloscope This Communication Interface User s Manual describes the functions and commands of GP IB USB and Ethernet optional interface To ensure proper use of the GP IB USB Ethernet optional interfaces please read this manual thoroughly Keep the manual in a safe place for quick reference whenever a question arises Four manuals are provided with the DL1700E Series including this Communication Interface User s Manual Manual Name Manual No Description DL1700E Series IM 701730 01E Describes all functions except for the User s Manual communications functions and operation procedures of the instrument DL1700E Series IM 701730 17E Describes the communications functions Communication Interface of the GP IB USB Ethernet interfaces User s Manual CD ROM DL1700E Series IM 701730 02bE Provides a brief explanation of the functions Operation Guide and basic operating procedures of the DL1700E DL1700E Series IM 701730 51E Describes the serial bus signal analysis Serial Bus Signal Analisis function option Function User s Manual The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of improvements in instrument s performance
120. DL1720E MATH1 gt MATH1 DISPLAY 0 SCALE MODE AUTO CENTER 0 00000E 00 SENSITIVITY 100 000E 00 400 000E 00 MATHI OPERATION PLUS 1 2 FFT POINTS 1000 WINDOW HANNING SPOINT 5 0000000 MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL2 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL3 0 0 00 0 0 00 CHANNEL4 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 1 0 00 0 00 MATH1 INTEGRAL SPOINT 5 0000000 MATH1 SMOOTHING 0 UNIT EU LABEL Mathl Example lt gt Function Queries all settings related to binary computations Syntax MATH lt x gt BINary lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MATH1 BINARY gt MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL2 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL3 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL4 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 MATH1 0 00 0 00 Example MATH lt x gt BINary 1 lt gt 1 Function Sets the threshold levels of the channel for binary computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH x BINary CHANnel x 1 lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt NR gt lt NRf gt lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt Voltage gt 8 divisions within the screen 0 01 division steps lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div 0 01 div steps MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 OV 0V MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 gt MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 0 000E 00 0 000E 00 Description The MATH lt x gt BINary MATH1 comman
121. E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL2 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL3 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 LOW STATE 0 MAXIMUM STATE 0 CHANNEL3 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 POVERSHOOT STATEO MEASURE CHANNEL3 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 SDEVIATION STATEO MEASURE CHANNEL3 TYLINTEG STATEO MEASURE CHANNEL3 2 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 2 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 3 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL3 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL4 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4
122. E LEVEL 0 000E 00 When set to the current probe queries the lt Current gt value IM 701730 17E 5 81 5 19 PRESet Group PRESet CHANnel x USERdefine OFFSet Function Syntax Example Description Sets the preset value of the user type offset voltage or queries the current setting PRESet CHANNEL lt x gt USERdef ine OFFSet lt voltage gt PRESet CHANNEL lt x gt USERdef ine OFFSet lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt voltage gt See the User s Manual PRESET CHANNEL 1 USERDEFINE OFFSET 0 PRESET CHANNEL 1 USERDEFINE OFFSET gt PRESET CHANNEL1 USERDEFINE OFFSET 0 000E 00 When set to the current probe queries the lt Current gt value PRESet CHANnel lt x gt USERdefine VDIV Function Sets the preset value of the user type V div value or queries the current setting Syntax PRESet CHANNEL lt x gt USERdefine VDIV lt voltage gt PRESet CHANNEL lt x gt USERdefine VDIV lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E voltage 2 mV to 10 V when the probe attenuation is 1 1 See the User s Manual Example PRESET CHANNEL1 USERDEFINE VDIV 2V PRESET CHANNEL1 USERDEFINE VDIV gt PRESET CHANNEL1 USERDEFINE VDIV 2 000E 00 Description When set to the current probe queries the lt Current gt value PRESet EXECute Function Executes preset Syntax PRESet EXECute Example PRESET EXECUTE Description Preset the channel w
123. E2 15 4 11 ZONE3 11 15 4 ZONE4 0 7 15 GRID 8 8 8 CURSOR 13 13 13 MARKER 15 15 15 DISPlay ACCumulate Function Queries all accumulation settings Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE OFF PERSISTENCE 100 0E 03 COLOR 16 DISPlay ACCumulate COLor Function Sets queries the color grading width Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate COLor lt NRf gt DISPlay ACCumulate COLor lt NRf gt 2 to 2048 in steps of 2 DISPLAY ACCUMULATE COLOR 16 DISPLAY ACCUMULATE COLOR gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE COLOR 16 Example DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Function Selects queries the accumulation mode Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate MODE COLor OFF PERSistence DISPlay ACCumulate MODE DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE PERSISTENCE DISPLY ACCUMULATE MODE gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE PERSISTENCE Example DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Function Sets queries the accumulation time Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence lt Time gt INFinity DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence lt gt 100 ms to 50 s 1 2 5 steps DISPLA ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE 100MS DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE 100 0E 03 Example DISPlay COLor Function Sets whether to change the screen color using RGB or brightness or queries the crrent setting Syntax DISPlay COLor INTensity RGB DISPlay COLor Example DISPLAY COLOR INT
124. EL1 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 SDEVIATION STATEO MEASURE CHANNEL1 1 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 2 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 1 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE 0 MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL METHOD AUTO 0 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt ALL Function Turns all the automated measurement parameters of the waveform ON OFF at once Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt ALL Boolean x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example The following example is for CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 ALL OFF MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt COPY Function Copies the ON OFF state of all measurement parameters of one waveform to all other waveforms Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MEASURE CHANNEL 1 COPY MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay Function Queries all settings related to the delay between waveform waveforms Syntax MEASure CHANnel x
125. ENSITY DISPLAY COLOR gt DISPLAY COLOR INTENSITY DISPlay RGB Function Queries all settings related to the screen color Syntax DISPlay RGB Example DISPLAY RGB gt DISPLAY RGB MENU FORE 15 15 15 BACK 0 0 7 FOCUS 0 0 7 SELECT 0 7 15 DIALOG 7 7 7 SHADOW 0 0 0 LIE 15 15 15 DISPLAY RGB WAVEFORM CHANNEL1 15 15 0 CHANNEL2 0 15 0 CHANNEL3 15 0 15 CHANNEL4 0 15 15 MATH1 15 0 0 MATH2 15 7 0 BACK 0 0 0 DISPLAY RGB OTHERS SNAP 15 15 15 ZONE1 0 015 ZONE2 15 4 11 ZONE3 11 15 4 ZONE4 0 7 15 GRID 8 8 8 CURSOR 13 13 13 MARKER 15 15 15 DISPlay RGB MENU Function Queries all settings related to colors used in the menu Syntax DISPlay RGB MENU Example DISPLAY RGB MENU gt DISPLAY RGB MENU FORE 15 15 15 BACK 0 0 7 FOCUS 0 0 7 SELECT 07 15 DIALOG 7 7 7 SHADOW 0 0 0 LINE 15 15 15 DISPlay RGB MENU BACK DIALog FOCus FORE LINE SELect SHADow Function Sets the color of the characters background focus select dialog shade and lines of the menu or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlayRGB MENU BACK DIALog FOCus FORE LINE SELect SHADow lt NR gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt DISPlay RGB MENU BACK DIALog FOCus FORE LINE SELect SHADow lt NRf gt 0 to 15 G B in that order DISPlay RGB MENU BACK 15 15 15 DISPLAY RGB MENU BACK gt DISPLAY RGB MEN BACK 15 15 15 Description Set the DISPlay COLor command to RGB before executing t
126. ERview Function Displays the system information Syntax SYSTem OVERView Example SYSTEM OVERVIEW SYSTem SINFormation Function Displays the setting parameters of the device Syntax SYSTem SINFormation Example SYSTEM SINFORMATION SYSTem TGATe Trigger Gate Function Sets the external trigger gate or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem TGATe lt OFF HIGH LOW gt SYSTem TGATe SYSTEM TGATE OFF 5 5 gt SYSTEM TGATE 0 Example SYSTem USBKeyboard Function Sets the USB keyboard type or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem USBKeyboard ENGLish JAPANese SYSTem USBKeyboard SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD ENGLISH SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD gt SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD ENGLISH Example IM 701730 17E 5 99 spuewwogdg 5 29 TIMebase Group 5 29 Group The commands the TlMebase group are used to make settings and queries about the time base These settings and inquiries can also be made using TIME DIV on the front panel pu E Source C7 lt Space gt lt Time gt TIMebase Function Queries all the time base settings Syntax TIMebase Example TIMEBASE gt TIMEBASE SOURCE INTERNAL TDIV 500 0 06 TIMebase SOURce Function Sets the time base or queries the current setting Syntax TIMebase SOURCe EXTernal INTernal TIMebase SOURce Example TIMEBASE SOURCE INTERNAL TIMEBASE SOURCE gt
127. FILE Cm Space ef lt Character string gt DRIVe j 4 Space MDIRectory lt Space gt strings C O BINary EXECute Space Filename JPEG li LO EXECute d Space Filename POSTscript EXECute Space lt Fitename gt SETup TIFF ii EXECute O O lt Filename gt lt Filename gt Space Filename PLANe Space 4 lt NRf gt 5 38 701730 17 5 10 FILE Group Can OL Gain lt NRf gt PES gt Casi LOL gt are ALL lt NRf gt MATH O C H O COMPression Space OFF Case COE COMMent Space character string gt IM 701730 17E 5 39 5 10 FILE Group CEHO Cam Space Space Space on swa O EXECute ABORt
128. Group PPATtern SOURce HYSTeresis Space o pem Space Space Voltage N UY Space FALL Space A lt 3 5 9 Y Y A CLOCk T Space LEVel Space SLOPe T Space FALL T lt Space gt ums e O lo EH PATTern lt gt Space Eenaracter string gt J 4 PSELect T lt Space gt 4 lt NRf gt J lt Space gt SOURce IM 701730 17E 5 85 5 21 SEARch Group SPOint Space TWINdow Space Space SPATtern fivSTeresis Space 4 nme j LEVel 4 lt gt POLarity Space prem pee Space IN L J When the target channel is set to the current probe becomes lt Current gt 5 86 IM 701730 17E 5 21 SEARch Group SEARch Function Queries all settings related to the search amp zoom funct
129. IM 701730 17E 5 119 spuewwog fe 5 34 Common Command Group ESR standard Event Status Register Function Queries about the value of the standard event register and clears it at the same time Syntax ESR Example ESR 32 Description The sum of the bits is returned as a decimal value Itis possible to ascertain the type of event which has occurred while SRQ is occurring For example if 32 is returned this means that the standard event register is 00100000 i e the SRQ has occurred due to a command syntax error If an query is made using ESR the standard event register will be cleared For details of the standard event register refer to page 6 3 IDN IDeNtify Function Syntax Example Description Queries the instrument model IDN IDN YOKOGAWA 701730 0 F1 10 The information is returned in the following form Manufacturer Model Serial No Firmware version In the actual case Serial No is not returned always 0 701715 is returned if the model is the DL1720E 701725 if itis the DL1735E 701730 if it is the DL1740E and 701740 if itis the DL1740EL respectively LRN LeaRN Function Syntax Example Queries about all the current settings for the following command groups ACQuire CHANnel lt x gt TIMebase TRIGger LRN LRN ACQUIRE RLENGTH 10000 MODE NORMAL AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY EWEIGHT 16 ACQUIRE COUNT INF
130. INITY INTERLEAVE 0 REPETITIVE 0 CLOCK INTERNAL CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 VDIV 50 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 OFFSET 0 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL VARIABLE 50 000E 00 LSCALE MODE 0 AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 UNIT CHANNEL1 LABEL CH1 CHANNEL2 DISPLAY 1 VDIV 50 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 OFFSET 0 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL VARIABLE 50 000E 00 LSCALE MODE 0 AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 UNIT CHANNEL2 LABEL CH2 CHANNEL3 DISPLAY 1 VDIV 50 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 OFFSET 0 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL VARIABLE50 000E 00 LSCALE MODE 0 AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 UNIT CHANNEL3 LABEL CH3 CHANNEL4 DISPLAY 1 VDIV 50 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 OFFSET 0 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL VARIABLE 50 000E 00 LSCALE MODE 0 AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 UNIT CHANNEL4 LABEL CH4 TIMEBASE SOURCE INTERNAL TDIV 1 0E 03 TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER 0 SAVE 0 HCOPY 0 ACQCOUNT INFINITE TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 SLOPE RISE COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW PROBE 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 50 000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL3 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0
131. IV Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data IR Sample4 USB Seti Get TDIV Sample5 USB Get Word Data E E END IM 701730 17E 7 13 Appendix 1 ASCII Character Code Appendix Appendix 1 ASCII Character Code ASCII character codes are given below 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 20 40 0 60 16 100 0 120 16 140 0 160 16 NUL DEL SP 0 i p 0 0110 16 20 32 30 48 40 64 50 80 60 96 70 112 1 jl GTL 21 LLO 41 1 61 17 101 1 121 17 141 11161 17 SOH DC1 1 A Q a q 1 1111 17121 33 31 49 41 65 51 81161 97 71 113 2 2 22 42 2 62 18 102 2 122 18 142 2 162 18 STX DC2 2 B R b r 2 2 12 18 22 34132 50 42 66 52 82 62 98 72 114 3 3 23 43 3 63 19 103 3 123 19 143 3 163 19 ETX DC3 3 5 S 3 3113 19 23 35 33 51143 67 53 83 63 99 73 115 4 4 SDC 24 DCL 44 4164 20 104 41124 20 144 4 164 20 EOT DC4 4 D T d t 4 4 14 20 24 36 34 52 44 68 54 84164 100 74 116 5 5 25 45 5 65 211105 5 125 21 145 5 165 21 ENQ 5 U e u 5 5115 21 25 37 35 53 45 69 55 85165 101 75 117 6 6 26 46 6 66 22 106 6 126 22 146 6 166 22 ACK SYN amp 6 F V f V 6 6 16 22 26 38 36 54 46 70 56 86 66 102 76 118 7 7 27 47 7 67 231107 7 127 23 147 7 167 23 BEL ETB 7 G 9 7 7 17 23 27 39137 55 47 71 57 87 67 103 77 119 8 10 30 50 8170 241110 8 130 24 150 8 170 24 BS CAN 8 H X x 8 8 18 24 28 40
132. LARUTY HIGH SEARCH WIDTH POLARITY gt SEARCH WIDTH POLARITY HIGH SEARch WIDTh SOURce Function Sets the target waveform of the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch WIDTh SOURce lt NR gt MATH lt x gt SEARch WIDTh SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E SEARCH WIDTH SOURCE 1 SEARCH WIDTH SOURCE gt SEARCH WIDTH SOURCE 1 Example SEARch WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets the pulse width of the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh WIDTh TIME lt x gt time SEARCh WIDTh TIME lt x gt x 1or2 lt time gt 10 ps to 500 s when lt x gt 1 and T1 Pulse T2 is not true 10 ps to 499 95 s when x 1 and T1 lt Pulse lt T2 20 ps to 500 s when lt x gt 2 and T1 lt Pulse lt T2 SEARch WIDTh TYPE Function Sets the search type of the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch WIDTh TYPE IN OUT TIMeout BETWeen NOTBetween SEARCh WIDTh TYPE Example SEARCH WIDTH TYPE SEARCH WIDTH TYPE gt SEARCH WIDTH TYPE Example SEARCH WIDTH TIME1 20PS SEARCH WIDTH TIME1 gt SEARCH WIDTH TIME1 20 0E 12 5 92 IM 701730 17E 5 22 SNAP Group 5 23 55 Group 5 24 STARt Group
133. MEASure CONSt x Function Sets the constants to be used in the automated measurement of waveform parameters of Dual Area or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CONSt lt x gt lt NRf gt MEASure CONSt lt x gt lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 lt gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE CONST1 1 0000E 00 MEASURE CONST1 gt MEASURE CONST1 1 0000E 00 MEASure CYCLe Function Queries all settings related to the periodic statistical processing of the automated measurement of waveform parameters Cycle Statistics Syntax MEASure CYCLe Example MEASURE CYCLE gt MEASURE CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASure CYCLe ABORt Function Aborts the periodic statistical processing of the automated measurement of waveform parameters Cycle Statistics Syntax MEASure CYCLe ABORt Example MEASURE CYCLE ABORT MEASure CYCLe EXECute Function Executes the periodic statistical processing of the automated measurement of waveform parameters Cycle Statistics Syntax MEASure CYCLe EXECute Example MEASURE CYCLE EXECUTE MEASure CYCLe TRACe Function Sets the waveform used to determine the period for the periodic statistical processing of automated measurement of waveform parameters Cycle Statistics or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CYCLe TRACe OWN lt gt MATH lt x gt MEASure CYCLe TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MEAS
134. MHz CHANNEL1 BWIDTH FULL CHANNEL1 BWIDTH gt CHANNEL1 BWIDTH FULL Example CHANnel lt x gt COUPling Function Sets the input coupling of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt COUPling DC DC50 GND CHANnel lt x gt COUPling lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E CHANNEL1 COUPLING DC CHANNEL1 COUPLING gt CHANNEL1 COUPLING DC Example CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E CHANNEL1 DISPLAY CHANNEL1 DISPLAY gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 Description The cCHANnel lt x gt MODE command can be used to make the same settings and inquiries Example CHANnel lt x gt LABel Function Sets the waveform label of channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt gt LABel lt Character string gt CHANnel lt x gt LABel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt Character string gt Up to 8 characters CHANNEL1 LABEL CH1 CHANNEL1 LABEL gt CHANNELILABEL CH1 Description Only the characters and symbols displayed on the keyboard on the screen can be used In ASCII code Q and are expressed as and 1FH respectively Example CHANnel lt x gt LSCale Function Queries all settings related to the linear scaling of the channel Sy
135. MODE PARAMETER GONogo NGCount Function Queries the number of NO GO results Syntax GONogo NGCount Example GONOGO NGCOUNT gt GONOGO NGCOUNT 5 GONogo PARameter Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter determination GONogo PARameter GONOGO PARAMETER gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE MAXIMUM 1 0000E 00 1 0000E 00 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OUT GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM2 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE MINIMUM 1 0000E 00 1 0000E 00 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM2 CONDITION OUT GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM3 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE RMS 1 0000E 00 1 0000E 00 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM3 CONDITION OUT GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM4 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE AVERAGE 1 0000E 00 1 0000E 00 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM4 CONDITION OUT GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to waveform parameters GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt lt gt 1 to 4 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE MAXIMUM 1 0000E 00 1 0000E 00 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OUT GONogo Function Syntax Example Description GONogo Function Syntax Example GONogo Function Syntax Example GONogo Function Syntax Example GONogo Function Syntax Example PARameter ITEM lt x gt CAUSe Queries whether or not the w
136. Message Address Command GTL Go To Local Switches to local mode SDC Selected Device Clear Clears the program message command which is currently being output Also clears the output queue page 6 5 OPC and OPC will be disabled if they are currently being executed WAI and COMMunicate WAIT will be stopped immediately PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger and TCT Take Control are not supported Response to a Multi Line Message Universal Command LLO Local LockOut Invalidates SHIFT CLEAR on the front panel to disable switching to local mode DCL Device CLear Same as SDC SPE Serial Poll Enable Sets the talker function to serial poll mode for all equipment connected to the communications bus The controller performs polling on equipment sequentially SPD Serial Poll Disable Clears serial poll mode as the talker function for all equipment connected to the communications bus PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure is not supported What is an Interface Message An interface message is also called an interface command or bus command and is issued by the controller Interface messages are classified as follows Uni Line Messages Messages are transferred through a single control line The following three types of uni line message are available IFC InterFace Clear REN Remote ENable IDY IDentifY 1 6 IM 701730 17E 1 6 Response to Interface Messages Multi Line Mes
137. NGE MAIN HISTORY ONE COMPRESSION ON FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP ABORt Function Aborts saving the various types of data Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP ABORt Example The following example is for the waveform ata FILE SAVE BINARY ABORT FILE SAVE MEASure SETup SNAP EXECute Function Saves the variouts types of data This is an overlap command Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP EXECute Example The following example is for the waveform data FILE SAVE BINARY EXECUTE FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory Function Sets whether to save all the waveform data or a selected waveorm or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory ONE ALL FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory Example FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY ALL FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY gt FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY ALL FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe Function Sets the range of data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe 71 72 71 72 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe Example FILE SAVE BIARY RANGE MAIN FILE SAVE BINARY RANGE gt FILE SAVE BINARY RANGE MAIN FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe Function Sets the waveform to be saved or
138. NIT gt MATH1 UNIT EU Description unit is reflected in the scale value The unit setting has no effect on the calculation result Example 5 66 IM 701730 17E 5 17 MEASure Group 5 17 MEASure Group The commands in the MEASure group are used to make settings and queries about automatic measurement of waveform parameters You can make the same settings which you can make using MEASURE on the front panel 1 For waveform parameters the displayed names on the DL1700E screen may not match the names used by communication commands A correspondence table is given in Appendix 4 A lt Space gt O MODE Space UNIT PERGent Space NR KO NRI OH lt NRf gt aa UNIT Space voltage G f lt voltage gt H lt voitage gt Oe HOS 9 IM 701730 17E 5 67 spuewwog 5 17 MEASure Group Parameter SDEViation lt NRf gt Lx prem DE c gt ve pe 5 68 IM 701730 17E 5 17 MEASure Group calea of e zi Space lt Parameter COUNt OPERation lt Space gt Ge Gam
139. NOGO ZONE ZONE1 TRACE 1 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT ZONE ZONE lt x gt CAUSe Queries whether or not the specified zone for the GO NO GO determination using zones is the cause of the NO GO result GONogo ZONE ZONE x CAUSe lt gt 1 to 6 1 to 3 on the DL1720E GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 CAUSE gt GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 CAUSE 1 The query returns a 1 if the zone is the cause of the NO GO result or a 0 if it is not ZONE ZONE lt x gt CONDition Sets the criteria for the zone for the GO NO GO determination using zones or queries the current setting GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt CONDition IN OUT GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 6 1 to on the DL1720E GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 CONDITION IN GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 CONDITION gt GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 CONDITION IN ZONE ZONE lt x gt MODE Turns ON OFF the determination of the zone or queries the current setting GONogo ZONE ZONE x MODE Boolean GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt MODE lt gt 1 to 6 1 to 3 on the DL1720E GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 MODE ON GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 MODE gt GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 MODE 1 5 50 IM 701730 17E 5 11 GONogo Group GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt SEND Function Sets the zone data specified for the GO NO GO determination zone or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ZONE ZONE x SEND 6004028 data string GONnogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt SEND lt gt 1 to 6 1
140. OLL DIRECTION RIGHT SPEED 0 Syntax Example SEARch ASCRo11 DIRection Function Sets the direction for moving the zoom box of the auto scroll when using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch ASCRo11 DIRection LEFT RIGHt SEARch ASCRo11 DIRection SEARCH ASCROLL DIRECTION LEFT SEARCH ASCROLL DIRECTION gt SEARCH ASCROLL DIRECTION LEFT Syntax Example SEARCH gt SEARCH TYPE EDGE EDGE SEARch ASCRo11 SPEed Function Sets the speed for moving the zoom box of the auto scroll when using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh ASCROll SPEed lt NRf gt SEARch ASCRo11 SPEed lt NRf gt 1 to 7 Example SEARCH ASCROLL SPEED 1 SEARCH ASCROLL SPEED gt SEARCH ASCROLL SPEED 1 SEARch EDGE Function Queries all settings related to the edge search of the search amp zoom function Syntax SEARCh EDGE Example SEARCH EDGE gt SEARCH EDGE SEARCh EDGE COUNt Function Syntax Example SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 SLOPE RISE HYSTERESIS LOW COUNT 1 Sets the edge detection count of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARCh EDGE COUNt lt NRf gt SEARCh EDGE COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 1000000 SEARCH EDGE COUNT 100 SEARCH EDGE COUNT gt SEARCH EDGE COUNT 100 SEARch EDGE HYSTeresis Function Syntax Examp
141. OUNT 2 TV TYPE NTSC POLARITY NEGATIVE LEVEL 5000000 0 FIELD 1 LINE 5 FRAME 1 TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 DONTCARE CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION ENTER TRIGger ABN A gt n Function Queries all A gt B n trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ABN Example TRIGGER ABN gt TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGger ABN COUNt Function Sets queries the number of times the pattern for the A gt B n trigger should become true Syntax TRIGger ABN COUNt lt NRf gt TRIGger ABN COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 100000000 Example TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGGER ABN COUNT gt TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example Description Queries all settings relating to the action on trigger TRIGger ACTion TRIGGER ACTION gt TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER 0 SAVE 0 HCOPY 0 IMAGE 0 ACQCOUNT INFINITE ACTion ACQCount Sets the number of times to perform the action for the action on trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion ACQCount lt NRf INFinite gt TRIGger ACTion ACQCount lt NRf gt
142. PATTern Sets the criteria status of the target waveform of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 89 SEARch PPATtern CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the parallel pattern search of the search amp zoom function 5 89 SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis Sets the search level hysteresis of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 89 SEARch PPATtern CLOCk LEVel Sets the search level of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 89 SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe Sets the slope of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 89 SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce Sets the target waveform of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 89 SEARch SELect Sets the detection waveform number of the search amp zoom function and queries the zoom position corresponding to the detection waveform number 5 90 SEARch SELect MAXimum Queries the detection count of the search amp zoom function 5 90 SEARch SPATtern Queries all settings related to the serial pattern search of the search amp zoom function 5 90 SEARch SPATtern CLEar Clears all search patterns of t
143. Pcount lt NRf gt INFinity GONogo STOPcount lt NRf gt 1 to 65536 Example GONOGO PARAMETER STOPCOUNT 10 GONOGO PARAMETER STOPCOUNT gt GONOGO STOPCOUNT 10 GONogo TLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor of the GO NO GO determination Syntax GONogo TLINkage lt Boolean gt GONogo TLINkage Example GONOGO TLINKAGE ON GONOGO TLINKAGE gt GONOGO TLINKAGE 1 GONogo TRANge 9 Function Sets the range over which to perform GO NO 3 GO determination or queries the current setting i Syntax GONogo TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 5 GONogo TRANge lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 10 div displayed record length steps Example GONOGO TRANGE 5 00 5 00 GONOGO TRANGE gt GONOGO TRANGE 5 00 5 00 GONogo WAIT Function Waits for the GO NO GO determination to complete with a timeout Syntax GONogo WAIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 864000 in units of 100 ms Example Set the timeout to 5 s GONOGO WAIT 50 GONOGO WAIT 0 Description Returns 1 if it times out 02 if it completes before timing out GONogo ZONE Function Queries all settings related to GO NO GO determination using zones Syntax GONogo ZONE Example GONOGO ZONE gt GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 TRACE 1 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE2 TRACE 2 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE3 TRACE 3 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE4 TRACE 4 MODE 0 CONDITION
144. Queries all settings related to the specified directory Syntax FILE DIRectory Example FILE DIRECTORY gt FILE DIRECTORY FILTER ITEM FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Change Directory Function Changes the target directory Syntax FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Character string Character string Up to 14 characters Example FILE DIRECTORY CDIRECTORY NO 1 FILE DIRectory DRIVe Function Sets the specified storage medium Syntax FILE DIRectory DRIVe FLOPpy NETWork PCCard NRf USB NRf lt NR gt lt NRf gt The first lt NRf gt of PCCard Partitions 0 to 3 USB s initial lt NRf gt USB address USB s 2nd lt NRf gt partition 0 to 3 or LUN logical unit number 0 to 3 USB s 3rd lt NRF gt partition 0 to 3 when LUN specified for 2nd lt NRf gt Example FILE DIRECTORY DRIVE PCCard 0 Description If the drive does not contain partitions omit the second lt NRf gt FLOPpy can used when the built in floppy disk drive is available can be used when the built in PC card drive is available NETWork can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed USB s 2nd and 3rd lt NRf gt can be omitted when not delimited by partitions or LUN FILE DIRectory FILTer Function Sets the filter limits the target files or queries the current setting Syntax FILE DIRectory FILTer ITEM ALL FILE DIRectory FILTer FILE DIRECTORY FILTER I
145. SB Netuork Note Only the communications interfaces selected under Device are available If commands are sent using an unselected communications interface the command will not be received Setting the ID Value 4 Press the Own ID soft key Remote 1 MISC Device Own ID USB 1 5 Turn the jog shuttle to set the ID value Explanation Carry out the following settings when using a controller to set information that can be specified through key operation on the instrument or when outputting setting parameters or output waveform data to the controller Setting the ID Value Set the ID value of the instrument within the following range 1 to 127 You can connect multiple devices to a host controller on the USB If the instrument is connected to multiple devices in a single USB system the ID value is used by the host controller to identify each device Therefore unique ID values must be assigned to the instrument within a single system Note Do not change the ID value while using the USB IM 701730 17E 2 5 e2ejeju asn H 3 1 Names of the Parts and their Functions Chapter 3 Ethernet Interface Option 3 1 Names of the Parts and their Functions Front Panel DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL DL1740E 8 YOKOGAWA SHIFT Key CLEAR TRACE Key Press to switch from remote mode to local mode which allows key operation However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by th
146. SIMPLE HFREJECTION 20MHz TRIGGER SIMPLE HFREJECTION gt TRIGGER SIMPLE HFREJECTION 20 0E 06 Description Setting Querying is not possible when the trigger source is set to EXTernal or LINE Example TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis on the search level of the simple trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis HIGH LOW TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis TRIGGER SIMPIE HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGGER SIMPIE HYSTERESIS gt TRIGGER SIMPIE HYSTERESIS HIGH Description Setting Querying is not possible when the trigger source is set to EXTernal or LINE Example TRIGger SIMPle LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of the channel specified with the TRIGger SIMP1e SOURce command or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle LEVel voltage TRIGger SIMP1e LEVel lt voltage gt See the User s Manual TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL 0V TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL gt TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL 0 000E 00 Description Setting Querying is not possible when the trigger source is set to LINE When set to the current probe sets the Current value or queries the current setting Example TRIGger SIMPle PROBe Function Sets the probe when the trigger source is set to or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle PROBe lt NRf gt TRIGger SIMPle PROBe lt NRf gt 1 10 Example TRIGGER SIMPLE PROBE 1
147. SPATtern CLEar 5 90 SPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis 5 90 SPATtern CLOCK LEVEI 5 90 SPATtern CLOCK SLOPe 5 90 SPATtern CLOCk SOURCe 5 90 5 90 SPATtern CLOCK SPATtern INTerval 5 91 SPATtern LEVel 5 91 SPATtern PATTern lt x gt 5 91 SPATtern PSELect 5 91 SPATI SOURCE ise tis eee See 5 91 SPAMON A inert eane crates cee 5 90 5 91 5 91 5 91 WIDTh HYSTeresis 5 92 is ce tt otto e echa 5 92 WIDTh POLarity 5 92 WIDTh SOURce 2 5 92 AWIDTRETIME gt ea iad 5 92 IWID TRhSEYBE 5 92 WIDTH Z isi eee vet tes dee ttr eee eec 5 91 SNAP Group eed 5 93 55 Group 5 93 STARt Group scia ente e mw 5 93 STATus Group CONDON uiii ee ce 5 94 EESE 5 94 EESR 5 94 ERRor 5 94 5 95 FILTer lt x gt QENable 5 95 QMESsage 5 95 SPOLI 5 95 SS TATUS 5 94 STOP Group ze tete pee ES 5 95 STORe Group SETupex COMMent esee 5 96 ISETUP lt X gt DATE 2 5 96 ISETUP lt xX gt EXECUte 2 5 96 SETup lt x gt LOCK EE gt ci acetecetestasa cate 5 96
148. STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 MAXIMUM STATE 0 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH 1 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH I PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH I PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE MATH 1 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 RISE STATE 0 5 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATHI TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATHI TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATHI XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATHl DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATH1 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH2 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH
149. STORG Za otim nii e Innen ater 5 96 SYSTem Group BATTEN nm 5 98 CLOCK SNTP EXEOute 22 0 CLOCK SNTP GMTTime m 5 oii RHONE 5 98 CEOCKTIME tees 5 98 CLOCK TYPE ET CLOCK t iR EROR ER 5 98 LANGUAGE eie tee reet rel 5 98 LCD AUTO MODE 5 98 LCD AUTO TIME LCD AUTO LCD BRIGhtness 5 99 LCD MODE 5 99 ns 5 98 MEANGUuage nice reor neges 5 99 Index 6 IM 701730 17E seeds 5 99 OVERVIEW neon nee 5 99 SINFormation 2 5 99 SYST OM MS 5 98 USBKoeyboard netten terti eger 5 99 TIMebase Group SOURce SRATe TDIV 25 TRIGger Group ABN COUNT Nee 5 105 IABN a Ree ehe N 5 105 5 105 ACTion BUZZer ACTion HCOPy ACTion IMAGe ACTion MAIL COUNt ids _ ACTIO MAIC iniit attin e 5 105 ACTion SAVE m tiet isti ACTion oe IADB DELAY 5 106 ATRigger CHANnel xs
150. Sets the preset value of the probe attenuation current to voltage conversion i ratio of all channels 5 81 Li PRESet ALL TYPE Sets preset values to all channels 5 81 PRESet ALL USERdefine LEVel Sets the preset trigger level of all channels 5 81 PRESet ALL USERdefine OFFSet Sets the preset offset voltage of all channels 5 81 PRESet ALL USERdefine VDIV Sets the preset V div value of all channels 5 81 PRESet CHANnel lt x gt Queries the preset information of the specified channel 5 81 PRESet CHANne1l lt x gt PROBe Sets the preset value of the probe attenuation current to voltage conversion ratio of the specified channel or queries the current setting 5 81 PRESet CHANnel lt x gt TYPE Sets the specified preset or queries the current setting 5 81 PRESet CHANnel lt x gt USERdefine Queries all preset values when using user type presets 5 81 PRESet CHANnel lt x gt USERdef ine LEVel Sets the preset value of the user type trigger level or queries the current setting 5 81 PRESet CHANne1 lt x gt USERdefine OFFSet Sets the preset value of the user type offset voltage or queries the current setting 5 82 PRESet CHANnel lt x gt USERdefine VDIV Sets the preset value of the user type V div value or queries the current setting 5 82 PRESet EXECute Executes preset 5 82 PRESet SELectch Sets the channel to be preset or queries the current setting 5 82 RECall Group RECall SETup lt x gt EXECute Recalls the setting
151. Sor TY MARKer DY lt x gt Queries the physical value of the Y axis difference between the marker cursors 5 29 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt Queries all settings related to the specified marker cursor 5 29 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt JUMP Jumps the marker cursor onto the zoom waveform display frame 5 29 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition lt x gt Sets the X axis position of the marker cursor or queries the current setting 5 29 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe Sets the waveform on which to use the marker cursor or queries the current setting 5 29 CURSor TY MARKer X lt x gt Queries the X axis position of the marker cursor 5 29 CURSor TY MARKer Y lt x gt Queries the Y axis position of the marker cursor 5 29 CURSor TY TYPE Sets the cursor type or queries the current setting 5 29 CURSor TY VERTical Queries all settings related to vertical cursors 5 29 CURSor TY VERTical DX Queries the X axis value between vertical cursors 5 30 CURSor TY VERTical DY Queries the Y axis value between vertical cursors 5 30 CURSor TY VERTical JUMP Moves the vertical cursor to the zoomed waveform 5 30 CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Queries the 1 AT value between vertical cursors 5 30 CURSor TY VERTical POSitioncx Sets the vertical cursor position or queries the current setting 5 30 CURSor TY VERTical TRACe Sets the waveform on which to use the vertical cursor or queries the current setting 5 30 CURSor TY VERTica
152. Sor XY VERTical TRACe XY1 XY2 CURSor XY VERTical TRACe Example CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE XY1 CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE CURSor XY VERTical X lt x gt Function Queries the X axis position of the vertical cursor in the X Y display Syntax CURSor XY VERTical X lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 Example CURSOR XY VERTICAL X1 gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL X1 2 50E 06 5 32 IM 701730 17E 5 9 DISPlay Group 5 9 DISPlay Group The commands in the DISPlay goup are used to set or query the display parameters This allows you to make the same settings that can be made using the Graph Color menu of MISC e disPlay AcCumlate COLor Space 4 lt NRf gt 4 O p PERSistence C MODE lt Space gt C Ci D Oe Cue 0 O DIALog Space NRf O NRf O O FORE T Space NRf 4 4 NRf J LINE lt Space gt lt NRf gt NRf NRf spuewwog SELect 4 Space 4 4 J SHADow lt Space gt lt NRf gt NRf lt NRf gt CURSor Space NRf lt NRf gt lt NR gt GRID p Space 4 4 NRf J MARKer lt Space gt NRf NRf NRf
153. Space gt xvi xv2 g CDe 4 9 1 For use on the DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL 2 Can be used on products with firmware version 2 09 or later 5 26 IM 701730 17E 5 8 CURSor Group CURSor Function Queries all settings related to cursor measurements Syntax CURSor Example CURSOR gt CURSOR TY TYPE OFF HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 5 1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M2 TRACE 2 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M3 TRACE 3 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M4 TRACE 4 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 REFERENCE1 2 0000000 REFERENCE2 2 0000000 RVALUE 90 CURSOR XY TYPE OFF HORIZONTAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE XY1 POITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE XY1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSor TY Function Queries all settings related to the cursor in the T Y display Syntax CRSor TY Example CURSOR TY gt CURSOR TY TYPE OFF HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M2 TRACE 2 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M3 TRACE 3 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MAKER M4
154. T Exits from the edit menu of the zone for GO NO GO determination using zones 5 50 GONogo ZONE EDIT lt x gt PART Edits a portion of the zone for GO NO GO determination using zones 5 50 GONogo ZONE EDIT lt x gt WHOLe Edits the zone for GO NO GO determination using zones 5 50 GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt Queries all settings related to GO NO GO determination using zones of the specified zone 5 50 GONogo ZONE ZONE x CAUSe Queries whether or not the specified zone for GO NO GO determination using zones is the cause of the NO GO result 5 50 GONogo ZONE ZONE x CONDition Sets the criteria for the zone for GO NO GO determination using zones or queries the current setting 5 50 GONogo ZONE ZONE x MODE Turns ON OFF the GO NO GO determination of the zone or queries the current setting 5 50 GONogo ZONE ZONE lt x gt SEND Sets the zone data specified for the GO NO GO determination zone or queries the current setting 5 51 gt GONogo ZONE ZONE x TRACe Sets the target trace of the zone for GO NO GO determination using zones or queries the current setting 5 51 HCOPy Group HCOPy Queries all settings related to the print of the screen image data 5 53 HCOPy ABORt Aborts printing or paper feeding 5 53 HCOPy COMMent Sets comments at the lower section of the screen or queries the current setting 5 53 HCOPy DIRection Sets the printer or queries the current setting 5 53 HCOP
155. TEM FILE DIECTORY FILTER gt FILE DIRECTORY FILTER ITEM Example FILE DIRectory FREE Function Queries the free disk space bytes on the specified storage medium Syntax FILE DIRectory FREE Example FILE DIRECTORY FREE FILE DIECTORY FREE 65536 FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Make Directory Function Creates a directory under the specified directory This is an overlap command Syntax FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Character string Character string gt Up to 14 characters FILE DIRECTORY MDIRECTORY NO 1 Example spuewwogdg FILE DIRectory PATH Function Queries the specified directory Syntax FILE DIRectory PATH Example FILE DIRECTORY PATH gt FILE DIRECTORY PATH 0 FILE FORMat EXECute Function Formats the floppy disk This is an overlap command Syntax FILE FORMt EXECute Example FILE FORMAT EXECUTE FILE LOAD Function Queries all settings related to file loading Syntax FILE LOAD Example FILE LOA gt FILE LOAD SNAP PLANE 1 FILE LOAD BINary SETup SNAP ABORt Function Aborts loading the data Syntax FILE LOAD BINary SETup SNAP ABORt Example The following example is for the setup data FILE LOAD SETUP ABORT FILE LOAD BINary SETup SNAP EXECute Function Loads the data This is an overlap command Syntax FILE LOAD BINary SETup SNAP EXECute lt Filename gt
156. TEM AVGPERIOD MEASURE USER4 AREA1 TRACE CONST1 ITEM TY1INTEG MEASURE USER4 AREA2 TRACE NONE ITEM XY2INTEG MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt Function Queries all settings related to the specified computation parameter area of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt lt gt 1 to 4 lt gt 1 2 MEASURE USERI1 AREA1 gt MEASURE USER1 AREA1 TRACE 1 Syntax Example MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt ITEM Function Sets the measurement item of the specified computation parameter area of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt ITEM lt Parameter gt MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt ITEM lt gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 2 lt Parameter gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimun MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TY1Integ TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ MEASURE USER1 AREA1 ITEM PTOPEAK MEASURE USERI AREAl1 ITEM gt MEASURE USER1 AREA1 1ITEM PTOPEAK Syntax Example MEASure USER lt x gt AREA lt y gt TRACe Function Sets the measurement trace of the specified computation parameter area of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the
157. TEM3 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE RMSDONTCARE DONTCARE GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM3 CONDITION OUT GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM4 MODE 0 TRACE 1 TYPE AVERAGE DONTCARE DONTCARE GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM4 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE1 TRACE 1 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE2 TRACE 2 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE3 TRACE 3 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE4 TRACE 4 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE5 TRACE MATH1 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO ZONE ZONE6 TRACE MATH2 MODE 0 CONDITION OUT GONOGO LOGIC AND SEQUENCE SINGLE STOPCOUNT INFINITE ACTION BUZZER 0 SAVE 0 IMAGE 0 HCOPY 0 GONOGO TLINKAGE 0 TRANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 GONogo ABORt Function Aborts GO NO GO determination Syntax GONogo ABORt Example GONOGO ABORT GONogo ACTion Function Queries all settings related to the action to be performed when the result of the determination is NO GO and also the determination criteria Syntax GONogo ACTion Example GONOGO ACTION gt GONOGO ACTION BUZZER 0 IMAGE 0 HCOPY 0 SAVE 0 GONogo ACTion BUZZer Function Sets whether or not to sound an alarm when the determination is NO GO or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ACTion BUZZer Boolean GONogo ACTion BUZZer Example GONOGO ACTION BUZZER OFF GONOGO ACTION BUZZER gt GONOGO ACTION BUZZER 0 GONogo ACTion HCOPy Hard COPY Function Syntax Example Sets whether to pr
158. TH lt x gt OPERation PLUS MINus MULTiple BINary INVert DIFFerential INTegral PS THRough NR NR MATH1 MATH lt x gt OPERation lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E MATH1 OPERATION PLUS 1 2 MATH1 OPERATION gt MATH1 OPERATION PLUS 1 2 Description For unary operators BINary INVert DIFFerential INTegral PS THRough select the waveform in the first lt NRf gt For binomial operators PLUS MINus MULTiple select the first waveform in the first lt NRf gt and the second waveform in the second lt NRf gt However 1 can be selected for the second lt NRf gt only when using the DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL Example MATH lt x gt SCALe Function Queries all settings related to the scale conversion for normal computation Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe lt x gt 1 to 2 1 on the DL1720E MATH1 SCALE gt MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO VALUE 200 000E 00 0 0E 00 Example MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer Function Sets the center value of the scale conversion for normal computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 MATH1 SCALE CENTER 1 MATH1 SCALE CENTER gt 1 5 1 00000E 00 Example MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE Function Sets the sc
159. TLINKAGE1 sets the links for T Range1 and T Range2 or queries the current Settings MEASURE TLINKAGE2 sets the links for T Range3 and T Range4 or queries the current settings Example MEASure TRANge lt x gt Time Range Function Sets the measurement range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TRANge lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MEASure TRANge lt x gt lt gt 1 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps MEASURE TRANGEl1 4 4 MEASURE TRANGE1 gt MEASURE TRANGE1 4 00E 00 4 00E 00 Description Measure TRANgel sets the measurement range of Area1 during normal measurement and during measurement on dual areas or queries the current setting Measure TRANge2 sets the measurement range of Area2 during the measurement on dual areas or queries the current setting Example 5 76 IM 701730 17E 5 17 MEASure Group MEASure USER x Function Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area Syntax MEASure USER lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE USER1 gt MEASURE USERI AREA1 TRACE 1 ITEM PTOPEAK MEASURE USER1 AREA2 TRACE 2 ITEM MAXIMUM MEASURE USER2 AREA1 TRACE 3 ITEM MINIMUM MEASURE USER2 AREA2 TRACE 4 ITEM RMS MEASURE USER3 AREA1 TRACE 1 ITEM PERIOD MEASURE USER3 AREA2 TRACE MATH2 I
160. TRIGGER WIDTH WINDOW 1 IM 701730 17E 5 111 5 31 WAVeform Group 5 31 WAVeform Group The commands in the WAVeform group are used to make settings and queries about acquired waveform data There is no front panel key for this function WAVeform BITS gt Space LSBFirst END Space DATaselect Space ACQData FoRMat Space ASCii ame LENGth RECord lt Space gt MINimum Rebar Canimam SEND gt Space lt NRf gt SRATe STARt lt Space gt TRACe lt Space gt TRIGger WAVeform WAVeform BITS Function Queries all information relating to the waveform Function Queries the bit length of the waveform data data designated by WAVeform TRACe Syntax WAVeform Syntax WAVeform BITS Example WAVEFORM WAVEFORM TRACE 1 Example WAVEFORM BITS gt RECORD 0 START 0 END 0 WAVEFORM BITS 16 DATASELECT ACODATA FORMAT WORD BYTEORDER LSBFIRST 5 112 IM 701730 17E 5 31 WAVeform Group WAVeform BYTeorder Function Sets queries the order used to transmit words consisting of multiple bytes Syntax WAVeform BYTeorder LSBFirst MSBFirst WAVeform BYTeorder Example WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVEFORM BYTEORDER gt WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVefo
161. TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 FREQUENCY STATE ON sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE TRANGE 5 5 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg SSTART 500 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev qry Len qry rlen If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If stp Val qry If stp 1 Then GetMeasure 2 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE MODE ON sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE WAIT 100 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev qry Len qry rlen If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If T div 100ms Trigger level 500mv Measure P P On Measure Average On Measure Frequency On Measure Time Range 5 5 Start Single Trigger Wait until stop Acquisition Start Measure Wait until stop Measure 7 12 IM 701730 17E 7 6 Sets Queries Measure Valu
162. URE CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASURE CYCLE TRACE gt MEASURE CYCLE TRACE 1 Example MEASure HISTory ABORt Function Aborts the statistical processing within the historical data of the automated measurement of waveform parameters History Statistics Syntax MEASure HISTory ABORt Example MEASURE HISTORY ABORT MEASure HISTory EXECute Function Executes the statistical processing within the historical data of the automated measurement of waveform parameters History Statistics Syntax MEASure HISTory EXECute Example MEASURE HISTORY EXECUTE MEASure MODE Function Sets the mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure MODE OFF ON STATistics CYCLE HISTory MEASure MODE Example MEASURE MODE ON MEASURE MODE gt MEASURE MODE ON MEASure ONECycle Function Turns ON OFF the automated measurement in the one cycle mode or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure ONECycle Boolean MEASure ONECycle Example MEASURE ONECYCLE ON MEASURE ONECYCLE gt MEASURE ONECYCLE 1 MEASure TLINkage lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the cursors in the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TLINkage lt x gt Boolean MEASure TLINkage lt x gt lt gt 1 2 MEASURE TLINKAGE1 ON MEASURE TLINKAGE1 gt MEASURE TLINKAGE1 1 Description MEASURE
163. VEFORM TRIGGER gt WAVEFORM TRIGGER 2000 Description Returns the number of points between the record start and the trigger position WAVeform TYPE Function Queries the acquisition mode for the waveform specified by the WAVeform TRACe command Syntax WAVeform TYPE Example WAVEFORM TYPE gt WAVEFORM TYPE NORMAL 5 114 IM 701730 17E 5 32 XY Group 5 32 XY Group The commands in the XY group are used to make settings and queries about the X Y display You can make the same settings that can make using SHIFT DISPLAY on the front panel x o J s O CE J TY_XY O lt NRf gt i TRANge lt Space gt lt NRf gt GRD DUAL Space lt NRf gt A MATH lt gt P 240 Space lt NRf gt S D For use on the DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL lt gt Function Queries all settings related to the X Y display Syntax lt gt lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example XY1 gt XY1 MODE XY XAXIS SINGLE DISPLAY 1 TRANGE 5 00 5 00 XTRACE 1 TLINKAGE 0 YTRACE 2 XY lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets whether or not to display the X Y waveform or queries the current setting Syntax XY lt x gt DISPlay Boolean XY lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example XY1 DISPlay ON XY1 DISPlay gt XY1 DISPlay 1 gt gt
164. XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the maximum value MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE MAXIMUM gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE MAXIMUM 40 0000E 06 Description If the statistics cannot be found NAN Not A Number is returned MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Parameter STATe Function Turns ON OFF the waveform parameter one by one or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt lt Parameter gt STATe Boolean MEASure CHANnel x lt gt Parameter STATe x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDthl BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE ON MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 1 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Parameter VALue Function Queries the automated measurement value of the waveform parameter Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt lt Parameter gt VALue NRf x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 the DL1720E x
165. YSTEM CLOCK gt SYSTEM CLOCK MODE 1 TYPE SNTP DATE 2004 06 19 TIME 17 47 17 SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 SYSTem CLOCk DATE Function Sets queries the date Syntax SYSTem CLOCK DATE Character string SYSTem CLOCK DATE Character string gt YY MM DD refer to User s Manual SYSTEM CLOCK DATE 2004 07 30 SYSTEM CLOCK DATE gt SYSTEM CLOCK DATE 2004 07 30 Example SYSTem CLOCk MODE Function Turns the date and time display ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk MODE Boolean SYSTem CLOCk MODE SYSTEM CLOCK MODE ON SYSTEM CLOCK MODE gt SYSTEM CLOCK MODE 1 Example SYSTem CLOCk SNTP Functions Queries the SNTP dettings Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SNTP Example SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP gt SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 SYSTem CLOCk SNTP EXECute Functions Execute date and time setting per SNTP server Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SNTP EXECute Example SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP EXECUTE SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime Functions Sets queries the difference from Greenwich mean time Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime lt Character string gt SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime lt Character string gt HH MM See the User s Manual SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME gt SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 Example SYSTem CLOCk TIME Function Sets the time or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTe
166. ale conversion method for normal computation or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt SCALe MODE AUTO MANual MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO MATH1 SCALE MODE gt MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO Example MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity Function Sets the span from the center of the scale conversion for normal computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity NRf MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 Example MATHI SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 MATH1 SCALE SENSITIVITY gt MATH1 EVALE SENSITIVITY 10 0000E 00 MATH lt x gt SMOothing Function Turns smoothing ON OFF for normal compuration or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt SMOothing lt Boolean gt MATH lt x gt SMOothing lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MATH1 SMOOTHING ON MATH1 SMOOTHING gt MATH1 SMOOTHING 1 Description This command is void if PS is selected with the lt gt OPERation command MATH lt x gt UNIT Function Sets the unit to be added to the computed result for normal computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt UNIT lt Character string gt MATH lt x gt UNIT lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt Character string gt Within 4 characters MATH1 UNIT EU MATH1 U
167. and overlap commands and sequential commands Execution of an overlap command may start before execution of the previously sent command is completed The CHANnell VDIV command for example is a sequential command Assume that you set a new V div value and immediately request return of the new value as follows CHANnell VDIV 5V VIDV lt PMT gt In this case the oscilloscope always returns the newest setting 5v This is because it always completes processing of the current sequential command in this case VDIV 5V before moving on to the next command VDIV In contrast assume that you begin a file load and then immediately query the V div value FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 CHANnell VDIV Because FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 is an overlapped command the oscilloscope will advance to the CHANNe11 VDIV command before it finishes the load The returned V div value will not show the newest setting but will rather show the setting in use before the setup was changed Obviously use of overlapped commands may in some cases produce inappropriate results Where necessary you can avoid such problems as described below Synchronization with an Overlap Command Using the wAI Command The wAI command causes the commands which follow it to wait until an overlap command has been executed Example COMMunicate OPSE 0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 WAI CHANnell VDIV PMT The COMMunicate OPSE com
168. and functions Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents However should you have any questions or find any errors please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA representative Copying or reproduction of all or any part of the contents of this manual without YOKOGAWA s permission is strictly prohibited USB Interface and Ethernet Interface 2nd Edition July 2007 YK The following items must be installed on the PC to access the communications functions using the USB interface 1 A dedicated library for the USB interface 2 A USB device driver for the PC to DL1700E connection The following item must be installed on the PC to access the communications functions using the Ethernet interface 1 A dedicated library for the network interface The library and the driver above can be downloaded from the following Web page http www yokogawa com tm dl driver htm All Rights Reserved Copyright 2004 Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM 701730 17E Trademarks Revisions Microsoft MS DOS Visual C Windows Windows NT and Windows XP are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Adobe Acrobat and PostScript are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems incorporated For purposes of this manual the TM and symbols do not accompany their respective trademark names or registe
169. atus CONDition Transit filter Extended event STATus STATus occurrence conditions FILTer lt x gt FILTer lt x gt Output queue Stores response message All executable queues to a query Error queue Stores error Nos and messages STATus ERRor Registers and Queues which Affect the Status Byte Registers which affect each bit of the status byte are shown below Standard event register Sets bit 5 Output queue Sets bit 4 Extended event register Sets bit 3 Error queue Sets bit 2 ESB of status byte to of status byte to EES of status byte to EAV of status byte to Enable Registers Registers which mask a bit so that the bit does not affect the status byte even if the bit is set to 1 are shown below Status byte Masks bits using the service request enable register Standard event register Masks bits using the standard event enable register Extended event register Masks bits using the extended event enable register Writing Reading from Registers The ESE command is used to set bits in the standard event enable register to 1 or 0 and the ESE query is used to check whether bits in that register are setto 1 or 0 For details of these commands refer to Chapter 5 6 2 Status Byte Overview of Status Byte ROS 7 6 ESBMAVEESEAV 1 0 55 Bits 0 1 and 7 Not used always 0
170. aveform parameter is the cause of the NO GO result GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt CAUSe lt x gt 1 to 4 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CAUSE gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CAUSE 1 The query returns a 1 if the parameter is the cause of the NO GO result or a 0 if it is not PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition Sets the criteria of the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition IN OUT GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition lt gt 1 to 4 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OUT GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OUT PARameter ITEM lt x gt MODE Turns ON OFF the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt MODE GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM lt x gt MODE OFF GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM lt x gt MODE gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM lt x gt MODE 0 PARameter ITEM lt x gt TRACe Sets the target waveform of the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TRACe lt NR gt MATH lt x gt GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TRACe x of ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the
171. can be used by this command However bits that are fixed as 0 cannot be set to 1 so only bits 5 6 and 8 are actually set to 1 and appears as 1 when a query is made Example COMMunicate OPSR Operation Pending Status Register Function Inquires about the value in the operation pending status register Syntax COMMunicate OPSR Example COMMUNICATE OPSR gt 0 Description For a description of the operaion pending status register refer to the figure on the next page COMMunicate OVERlap Function Selects queries the commands enabled for overlap Syntax COMMunicate OVERlap Register COMMunicate OVERlap lt Register gt 0 to 65535 refer to the figure on the next page COMMNICATE OVERLAP 65535 COMMUNICATE OVERLAP gt COMMUNICATE OVERLAP 352 Description In the above example all bits are set to 1 So that all overlap commands can be used by this command However bits that are fixed as 0 cannot be set to 1 so only bits 5 6 and 8 are actually set to 1 and appears as 1 when a query is made COMMunicate For the synchronization method using OVERlap refer to page 4 8 n the above example bits 5 6 and 8 are set to 1 so that all overlap commands can be used by this command Refer to the figure on the next pag Example COMMunicate REMote Function Sets remote local It is in remote mode when it is set to ON Syntax COMMunicate REMote lt B
172. care gt lt lt NR gt DONTcare gt lt lt NRf gt DONTcare gt HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDthl BWIDth2 DELay DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ lt gt 1 to 4 Voltage Times Frequency lt NRf gt See the User s Manual HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 TYPE AVERAGE 1 00 1 00 Description When a current probe is used this command sets or queries the Current value Example HISTory PARameter ITEM x VALue Function Queries the automated measurement value of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 VALUE gt HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 VALUE 1 00E 03 HISTory PARameter LOGic Function Sets the search logic of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter LOGic AND OR HISTory PARameter LOGic HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC AND HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC gt HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC AND Example HISTory PARameter TLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting
173. contact your nearest YOKOGAWA representative Only error messages relating to communications are given For other error messages refer to the User s Manual IM 701730 01E Errors in Communication Command 100 to 199 Code Message Action Reference Page 102 Syntax error Incorrect syntax Chapter 4 5 103 Invalid separator Insert a comma between data items to separate them 4 1 104 Data type error Refer to pages 5 5 to 5 6 and enter using the correct 4 5 to 4 6 data format 105 GET not allowed GET is not supported as response to an interface 1 9 message 108 Parameter not allowed Check the number of parameters 4 5 Chapter 5 109 Missing parameter Enter required parameters 4 5 Chapter 5 111 Header separator error Insert a space between header and data to separate 4 1 them 112 Program mnemonic too long Check the mnemonic a character string consisting of Chapter 5 letters and numbers 113 Undefined header Check the header Chapter 5 114 Header suffix out of range Check the header Chapter 5 120 Numeric data error Numeric value must be entered for lt NRf gt format 4 5 123 Exponent too large Use a smaller exponent for lt NR3 gt format 4 5 Chapter 5 124 Too many digits Limit the number of digits to 255 or less 4 5 Chapter 5 128 Numeric data not allowed Enter in a format other than NRf format 4 5 Chapter 5 131 Invalid suffix Check the u
174. d can be used when lt x gt 2 An error occurs if lt x gt 1 There is no MATH2 on the DL1720E so this command cannot be used When current probe is used this command sets or queries the lt Current gt value Example MATH lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets whether or not to display computation waveforms or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt MATH lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MATH1 DISPLAY MATH1 DIPSLAY gt MATH1 DISPLAY 1 Example MATH lt x gt FFT Function Queries all FFT computation settings Syntax sMATH lt x gt FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MATH1 FFT gt MATH1 FFT POINTS 1000 WINDOW RECTANGLE SPOINT 5 0000000 Example MATH x FFT POINts Function Sets queries the number of points for FFT computation Syntax MATH lt x gt FFT POINts lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt FFT POINts lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1000 10000 MATH1 FFT POINTS 1000 MATH1 FFT POINTS gt MATH1 FFT POINTS 1000 Example MATH lt x gt FFT SPOint Start Point Function Sets the start point of the FFT or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt FFT SPOint lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt FFT SPOINt lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps MATH1 FFT SPOINT 1 5 MATH1 FFT SPOINT gt MATH1 FFT SPOINT 1 5000000 spuewwo
175. d on the screen menu SHIFT Panel Key SHIFT key means you will press the SHIFT key to turn ON the green indicator that is located above the SHIFT key and then press the panel key The setup menu marked in purple above the panel key that you pressed appears on the screen Jog Shuttle amp SELECT Jog shuttle amp SELECT indicates selecting or setting parameters and entering values using the jog shuttle the SELECT key and other keys For details on the procedure see section 4 1 or 4 2 Units k Denotes 1000 Example 100 kS s K Denotes 1024 Example 459 KB file data size iv IM 701730 17E How to Use this Manual Symbols Used in Syntax Descriptions Symbols which are used in the syntax descriptions in Chapter 4 are shown below These symbols are referred to as BNF notation Backus Naur Form For detailed information refer to page 4 5 to 4 6 Symbol Description Example Example of Input lt gt Defined value CHANnel x x 1 to 4 CHANNEL2 One of the options is selected CoUPling AC DC GND COUPLING AC Exclusive OR 11 Abbreviated TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe TRIGger SLOPe IM 701730 17E Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 FOL WAMG Howto Use this Manual Ett de e t de iii Overview of the GP IB Interface 1 1 Na
176. d value is queried CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt Function Syntax Example Description Sets the horizontal cursor position in the T Y display or queries the current setting CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4div 1 100 steps CURSOR TYHORIZONTAL POSITION1 2 CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 2 00 The lt NRf gt value is accurate to two digits beyond the decimal CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the waveform on which to use the horizontal cursor in the T Y display or queries the current setting CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe lt NR gt MATH lt x gt CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 CURSor TY HORizontal Y lt x gt Function Syntax Example Description Queries the Y axis value of the horizontal cursor in the T Y display CURSor TY HORizontal Y lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL Y1 gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL 1 1 000000E 00 When the linear scaling is ON the scaled value is queried CURSor TY MARKer Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to marker curs
177. display CURSor TY MARKer X x lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSOR TY MARKER X1 gt CURSORTY MARKER X1 4 5000E 03 When the time base is set to internal clock The query is for the time in the time domain and frequency in the frequency domain When the time base is set to external clock The query is for the number of points with rspect to delay 0 in the time domain and the number of points from the beginning of the memory in the frequency domain lt gt Function Queries the Y axis position of the marker cursor in the T Y display Syntax URSor TY MARKer Y x lt gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER Y1 gt CURSOR TY MARKER Y1 1 5000E 03 Description When the linear scaling is ON the scaled value is queried CURSor TY TYPE Function Sets the type of cursor in the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY TYE OFF HORizontal VERTical MARKer DEGRee HAVertical CURSor TY TYPE Example CURSOR TY TYPE HORIZONTAL CURSor TY TYPE gt CURSOR TY TYPE HORIZONTAL Description H amp V cursors can be used on products with firmware version 2 09 or later CURSor TY VERTical Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to vertical cursors in the T Y display CURSor TY VERTical CURSOR TY VERTICAL gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000
178. e eene 5 16 L EC D T ODIOE sis 5 98 LINC AN nee eene certe 5 20 lithium battery local lockout local mode LONG magnification long 5 54 mail reports sent 5 105 marker cursor T Y display 5 28 marker cursor X Y display 5 31 MATH 5 64 MEASure Group 5 67 message ue Ea E a AAE 4 1 minimum record 2 5 58 MISC key 1 1 2 1 3 1 aO o LE 5 120 N o e Name Correspondence Table App 6 network printer ceret rre rettet nennen number of NO GO result number of times trigger activated 5 108 number of waveform acquisition GO NO GO 5 50 Offset voltage 5 21 ete 5 76 OR trigger F Output QUOUC ce tee erede eed itn 6 5 overlap COMMAND 4 8 parallel pattern search 5 88 passWOFd 3 arre 3 6 pattern 5 106 pattern B 5 10
179. e ON OFF lt NRf gt ON OFF 1 0 When Boolean is expressed lt NRf gt form OFF is selected if the rounded integer value is 0 and ON is selected if the rounded integer is Not 0 Aresponse message is always 1 if the value is ON and 0 if itis OFF 4 6 IM 701730 17E 4 4 Data Character String Data Character string data is not a specified character string like Character data It is an arbitrary character string A character string must be enclosed in apostrophes or double quotation marks Form Example Character string data ABC IEEE488 2 1987 Response messages are always enclosed in double quotation marks f a character string contains a double quotation mark the double quotation mark will be replaced by two concatenated double quotation marks This rule also applies to a single quotation mark within a character string Character string data is an arbitrary character string therefore this instrument assumes that the remaining program message units are part of the character string if no apostrophe or double quotation mark is encountered As a result no error will be detected if a quotation mark is omitted Filename Gives the name of a file The format is as follows Form Example lt NRf gt lt Character data Character string 1 CASE CASE If you input an lt NRf gt value the system con
180. e msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 PTOPEAK VALUE Get P P value sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev qry Len qry rlen If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If Query 0 Peak To Peak Left qry rlen 1 msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE VALUE Get Average value sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev qry Len qry rlen If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If Query 1 Average Left qry rlen 1 msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 FREQUENCY VALUE Get Freq value sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts TmReceive Dev qry Len qry rlen sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If GetMeasure 0 End Function ini xl If sts CTL OK Then 7 Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function o End If D Query 2 Frequency Left qry rlen 1 3 msg COMMUNICATE HEADER ON Query Header On o 2 3 iw DL1700E Sample Program Peak To Peak 3 0833333E 00 Average 16 400266E 03 Frequency 100 00000E 00 Sample GPIB Set Get TD
181. e 5 22 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate Queries all settings related to communications 5 23 COMMunicate HEADer Sets whether or not to add a header to the response data or queries the current setting 5 23 COMMunicate LOCKout Sets or clears the local lockout 5 23 COMMunicate OPSE Sets the overlap commands that are subject to OPC OPC and WAI or queries the current setting 5 24 COMMunicate OPSR Queries the operation pending status register value 5 24 IM 701730 17E gt 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page COMMunicate OVERlap Sets the commands that will operate as overlap commands or queries the current setting 5 24 COMMunicate REMote Switches to remote local mode 5 24 COMMunicate STATus Queries the line status 5 24 COMMunicate VERBose Sets the response messages to full form or abbreviated form or queries the current setting 5 24 COMMunicate WAIT Waits for a specified extended event 5 24 COMMunicate WAIT Creates a response that is returned when the specified event occurs 5 24 CURSor Group CURSor Queries all settings related to cursor measurements 5 27 CURSor TY Queries all settings related to the cursor in the T Y display 5 27 CURSor TY DEGRee Queries all settings related to angle cursors 5 27 CURSor TY DEGRee DX Queries the angle difference AD between angle cursors 5 27 CURSor TY DEGRee DY Que30ries the angle difference AV between angle c
182. e HFRejection 5 108 SIMPle HYSTeresis eese 5 108 SIMPle cE Vell iiiter ise 5 108 5 108 04444 5 108 5 5 109 5 4 ttes 5 108 WAVeform Group diac 5 112 critt 5 113 DATaselect 5 113 5 113 MENGN 5 113 OFFSet TRIGger 5 114 ier ente cdit ede 5 112 XY Group ZOOM Group ALLOcation CHANnel x MATH x 42424424222 HEBR EIC FORMat NUES CREME IMUINK AGG iii ciat rini hr heic o MODE PLINKage certet eere POSION S XS 1 701730 17 Index 7
183. e built in printer or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy PRINter TYPE Sets short print or long print when printing to the built in printer or queries the current setting 5 54 HISTory Group HISTory Queries all settings related to the history memory function 5 57 HISTory ABORt Aborts the history search 5 57 HISTory DISPlay Sets the start number or end number of the display record of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting 5 57 HISTory EXECute Executes the history search 5 57 IM 701730 17E 5 5 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page HISTory DMODe Sets the display mode of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting 5 57 HISTory PARameter Queries all settings related to the history search waveform parameter 5 57 HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter 5 57 HISTory PARameter ITEM x CONDition Sets the criteria of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 5 57 HISTory PARameter ITEM x SOURce Sets the target waveform of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 5 58 HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt Sets the automated measurement parameter and its upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform paramet
184. e controller refer to page 3 2 I MISC Key Page 3 5 Press to confirm the user name and password Rear Panel DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL Ethernet Interface Connector This connector is for connecting the controller such as a PC with the Ethernet cable For information on how to connect the USB cable refer to page 3 4 DL1720E IM 701730 17E 3 1 uondo 19u19u13 BH 3 2 Ethernet Interface Functions and Specifications 3 2 Ethernet Interface Functions and Specifications Data Transfer Rate Ethernet Interface Functions Reception Function You can specify the same settings as those specified by front panel key operations Receives output requests for measured and computed data setting parameters of the panel and error codes Transmission Function Measured computed data can be output Panel setup information and the status byte can be output Error codes which have occurred can be output Ethernet Interface Specifications Electrical and Mechanical Specifications IEEE802 3 Compliant No of simultaneous connections 1 Port No 10001 tcp The table below shows approximate response times for output of wavef
185. e request is generated only when the OPC bit is set to 1 ESR is used to clear the standard event register In the above example CHANne11 VDIV will not be executed until a service request is generated 4 8 IM 701730 17E 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller Using the oPc Query The OPC query generates a response when overlap operation has been completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 OPC lt PMT gt Response to OPC is decoded CHANnel1 VDIV lt PMT gt The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to designate which commands are to be subject to the OPC command In the above example only medium access commands are designated Since OPC does not generate a response until an overlap operation is completed file loading will have been completed when a response to OPC is read Note Most commands are sequential commands Commands used in Chapter 6 are sequential commands unless otherwise specified Synchronization with Non Overlap Commands Synchronization is sometimes required for reasons other than communications related reasons such as the activation of a trigger even if a sequential command is used For example if a next program message is transmitted to make an inquiry about the waveform data which has been acquired using single mode as the trigger mode the WAVeform SEND command is sometimes executed whether acquisition has been co
186. easurement of waveform parameters in terms of a percentage or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal PERCent lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal PERCent x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 0 to 100 95 1 steps MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 80 60 40 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 80 60 40 Example MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT Function Sets the distal mesial and proximal values of the automated measurement of waveform parameters in terms of a voltage or current or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DPRoximal UNIT lt voltage gt lt voltage gt lt voltage gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DPRoximal UNIT lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt voltage gt 8 div on the screen 0 01 div steps lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div 0 01 div steps MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 50V 0V 50V MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL UNIT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 50 0E 00 0 0E 00 50 0E 00 De
187. ecessary to add a colon before a common command Example ACQuire MODE NORMal CLS COUNt 1 lt gt IM 701730 17E 4 2 Commands When Separating Commands with lt gt If a terminator is used to separate two commands each command is a separate message Therefore the common header must be typed in for each command even when commands of the same command group are being concatenated Example ACQuire MODE NORMal lt PMT gt ACQuire COUNt 1 lt PMT gt Upper level Query An upper level query is a compound header to which a question mark is appended Execution of an upper level query allows all a group s settings to be output at once Some query groups comprising more than three hierarchical levels can output all their lower level settings Example 11 lt gt gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY ON LABEL CH1 uH COUPLING DC POSITION 0 00 PROBE 10 VDIV 50 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL OFFSET 0 0E 00 LSCALE MODE 0 In reply to a query a response can be returned as a program message to this instrument Transmitting a response can restore the settings made when the query was executed However some upper level queries will not return setup data which is not currently in use Note that not all a group s information will necessarily be sent out as a response Header Interpretation Rules This instrument interprets the header received according to the following rules Mnemonics are not case sensitive
188. ed except in the case of the TRIGger SIMPle SOURce command TRIGger SOURCe Function Enhanced Queries all settings related to the trigger source for the enhanced trigger Syntax TRIGger SOURCe Example TRIGGER SOURCE gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS HIGH CENTERO 0E 00 WIDTH 2 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS HIGH CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 20 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE 3 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS HIGH CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 2 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS HIGH CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the trigger source of the enhanced trigger of the specified channel Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANne1l lt x gt lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 2 000E 00 TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt COUPling Function Sets the trigger coupling of each channel when using the enhanced trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPling DC TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPling lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Exa
189. el2 COUPling AC DC GND lt Boolean gt Indicates ON OFF Set to ON OFF or value Example CH2 display ON gt CHANnel2 DISPlay ON Character string data Arbitrary character string Example Comment on screen data output HCOPy COMMent ABCDEF Gives the name of a file Example Name of file to be saved gt FILE SAVE WAVeform NAME CASE1 Arbitrary 8 bit data Example Response to acquired waveform data 800000010ABCDEFGHIJ Filename Block data Decimal Decimal indicates a value expressed as a decimal number as shown in the table below Decimal values are given in the NR form specified in ANSI X3 42 1975 Symbol Description Example lt NR1 gt Integer 125 1 1000 lt NR2 gt Fixed point number 125 0 90 001 lt NR3 gt Floating point number 125 0 0 9 1 1 4 lt NR gt Any of the forms lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt is allowed Decimal values which are sent from the controller to this instrument can be sent in any of the forms to NR3 In this case lt NRf gt appears Forresponse messages which are returned from this instrument to the controller the form lt NR1 gt to NR3 to be used is determined by the query The same form is used irrespective of whether the value is large or small Inthe case of NR3 the after the E be omitted but the cannot Ifa value outside the setting range is entered the val
190. em of equipment connect them so that the connection route forms a star or linear configuration Loop or parallel wiring is not allowed CAUTION Be sure to switch off power to both your PC and the oscilloscope before connecting or disconnecting cables Failure to switch power off may cause internal circuit failure or improper operation IM 701730 17E 1 3 GP IB Interface Functions 1 3 GP IB Interface Functions GP IB Interface Functions Listener Function Allows you to make the settings which you can make using the panel keys on the instrument except for the power ON OFF and GP IB communications settings Receives commands from a controller requesting output of setup and waveform data Also receives status report commands Talker Function Outputs setup and waveform data Note The listen only talk only and controller functions are not available on this instrument Switching between Remote and Local Mode When Switched from Local to Remote Mode Remote mode is activated when a REN Remote Enable message is received from a controller while local mode is active REMOTE is displayed on the upper right of the screen All front panel keys except SHIFT CLEAR TRACE can no longer be operated any more Settings entered in local mode are retained When Switched from Remote to Local Mode P
191. er or queries the current setting 5 58 HISTory PARameter ITEM x VALue Queries the automated measurement value of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter 5 58 HISTory PARameter LOGic Sets the search logic of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 5 58 HISTory PARameter TLINkage Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 5 58 HISTory PARameter TRANge Sets the determination range of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 5 58 HISTory RECord Sets the target record of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting 5 58 HISTory RECord MINimum Queries the minimum record number 5 58 HISTory SMODe Sets the search mode of the history memory waveform or queries the current setting 5 58 HISTory TIME HISTory ZONE HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt HORizontal HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt SOURce HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CENTer HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt LVERtex HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt RVERtex HISTory ZONE LOGic IMAGe Group IMAGe
192. ermined 5 47 GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt Sets queries the maximum number of e mail is to be sent when the determination is NO GO 5 47 GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Sets queries whether and e mail report is sent when the determination is NO GO 5 47 GONogo ACTion SAVE Sets whether or not to save the NO GO result to the storage medium or queries the current setting 5 47 GONogo COUNt Queries the GO NO GO determination count 5 48 GONogo EXECute Executes GO NO GO determination 5 48 GONogo LOGic Sets the GO NO GO determination logic or queries the current setting 5 48 GONogo MODE Sets the GO NO GO determination type or queries the current setting 5 48 GONogo NGCount Queries the number of NO GO results 5 48 GONogo PARameter Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter determination 5 48 GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt Queries all settings related to waveform parameters 5 48 GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt CAUSe Queries whether or not the waveform parameter is the cause of the NO GO result 5 48 GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition Sets the criteria of the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting 5 48 GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt MODE Turns ON OFF the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting 5 48 GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TRACe Sets the target waveform of the wavefor
193. ery only command no header is attached and only the data is returned Some query only commands can be returned after a header is attached to them Example MEASure CHANnell PTOPeak VALue PMT gt 10 0E 00 lt RMT gt When Returning a Response without a Header It is possible to remove the header from a response consisting of a header and data The COMMunicate HEADer command is used to do this Abbreviated Form Normally the lowercase part is removed from a response header before the response is returned to the controller Naturally the full form of the header can also be used For this the COMMunicate VERBose command is used The part enclosed by is also omitted in the abbreviated form 4 4 Data Data A data section comes after the header A space must be included between the header and the data The data contains conditions and values Data is classified as below Data Description Decimal Value expressed as a decimal number Example CH2 s probe attenuation CHANnel2 PROBe 100 lt Voltage gt lt Time gt Physical value lt Frequency gt lt Current gt Example Time axis range gt TIMebase TDIV 105 lt Register gt Register value expressed as either binary octal decimal or hexadecimal Example Extended event register value gt STATus EESE HFE lt Character data gt Specified character string mnemonic Can be selected from Example CH2 input coupling gt CHANn
194. es the current setting 5 43 FILE UNLoad Queries all settings related to canceling the loaded data 5 43 FILE UNLoad BINary SNAP Queries all setting related to the unloading of various data that has been loaded 5 43 FILE UNLoad BINary SNAP EXECute Executes the unloading of the various data that has been loaded 5 43 FILE UNLoad BINary TRACe Of the binary data that has been loaded sets the waveform to be unloaded or queries the current setting 5 43 FILE UNLoad SNAP PLANe Of the snapshot waveform that has been loaded sets the plane number to be unloaded or queries the current setting 5 43 GONogo Group GONogo Queries all settings related to GO NO GO determination 5 47 GONogo ABORt Aborts GO NO GO determination 5 47 GONogo ACTion Queries all settings related to the action to be performed when the result of the determination is NO GO and also the determination criteria 5 47 GONogo ACTion BUZZer Sets whether or not to sound an alarm when the determination is NO GO or queries the current setting 5 47 GONogo ACTion HCOPy Sets whether to print the screen image to the built in printer optional during NO GO determination or queries the current setting 5 47 GONogo ACTion IMAGe Sets whether or not to save the screen image to the external storage medium for NO GO determination or queries the current setting 5 47 GONogo ACTion MAIL Queries all setting values for mail reports sent when NO GO is det
195. es the current setting 5 99 TIMebase Group TIMebase Queries all settings related to the time base 5 100 TIMebase SOURce Sets the time base or queries the current setting 5 100 TIMebase SRATe Queries the sample rate 5 100 TIMebase TDIV Sets the T div value or queries the current setting 5 100 TRIGger Group TRIGger Queries all settings related to the trigger 5 105 TRIGger ABN Queries all settings related to the A gt B n trigger 5 105 TRIGger ABN COUNt Sets the number of times condition B is to be met or queries the current setting 5 105 TRIGger ACTion Queries all settings related to the action on trigger 5 105 TRIGger ACTion ACQCount Sets the number of times to perform the action for the action on trigger or queries the current setting 5 105 TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Sets whether or not to sound an alarm when the action is enabled or queries the current setting 5 105 TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Sets whether or not to make a hard copy of the screen image data when the action is enabled or queries the current setting 5 105 TRIGger ACTion IMAGe Sets whether or not to save the screen image to the external storage medium when action is activated or queries the current setting 5 105 TRIGger ACTion MAIL Queries all the setting values for mail reports sent as an ACTion 5 105 TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt Sets queries the limit for the number of reports that are sent as an ACTion 5 106 TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Se
196. etermination is NO GO GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Boolean GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE OFF GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE gt GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE 0 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed GONogo ACTion SAVE Function Syntax Example Description Sets whether or not to save the NO GO result to the storage medium or queries the current setting GONogo ACTion SAVE Boolean GONogo ACTion SAVE GONOGO ACTION SAVE OFF GONOGO ACTION SAVE gt GONOGO ACTION SAVE 0 Use the FILE DIRECTORY DRIVE command to set or query the storage medium type IM 701730 17E 5 47 5 11 GONogo Group GONogo COUNt Function Queries the actual number of times the GO NO GO determination has been performed Syntax GONogo COUNt Example GONOGO COUNT gt GONOGO COUNT 100 GONogo EXECute Function Executes GO NO GO determination This is an overlap command Syntax GONogo EXECute Example GONOGO EXECUTE GONogo LOGic Function Sets the GO NO GO determination logic or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo LOGic AND OR GONogo LOGic Example GONOGO LOGIC AND GONOGO LOGIC gt GONOGO LOGIC AND GONogo MODE Function Sets the GO NO GO determination type or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo MODE OFF PARameter ZONE GONogo MODE Example GONOGO MODE PARAMETER GONOGO MODE gt GONOGO
197. g Syntax SEARch POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt SEARch POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps SEARCH POSITIONI1 2 5 SEARCH POSITION1 gt SEARCH POSITIONI1 2 5000000 Example SEARch PPATtern Function Queries all settings related to the parallel pattern search of the search amp zoom function Syntax SEARCh PPATtern Example SEARCH PPATTERN SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE NONE SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN HIGH SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL3 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0 0 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH PPATTERN MATH1 LEVEL 0 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH PPATTERN MATH2 LEVEL 0 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt lt gt Function Queries all settings related to the waveform of the parallel pattern search of the search amp zoom function Syntax SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 gt SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN HIGH Example SEARch PPATtern
198. gdg Example MATH lt x gt FFT WINDow Function Sets queries FFT window function Syntax MATH lt x gt FFT WINDow FLATtop HANNing RECTangle MATH lt x gt FFT WINDow lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MATH1 FFT WINDOW HANNING MATH1 FFT WINDOW gt MATH1 FFT WINDOW HANNING Example MATH lt x gt INTegral Function Queries all settings related to integration Syntax MATH lt x gt INTegral lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MATH1 INTEGRAL gt MATH1 INTEGRAL SPOINT 5 0000000 MATH lt x gt INTegral SPOint Start Point Function Sets the start point of the integration or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt INTegral SPOint lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt INTegral POINt lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps MATH1 INTEGRAL SPOINT 1 5 MATH1 INTEGARL SPOINT gt MATH1 INTEGARL SPOINT 1 5000000 Example IM 701730 17E 5 65 5 16 MATH Group MATH lt x gt LABel Function Sets the label of the computation waveform or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel lt Character string gt MATH lt x gt LABel lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt Character string gt Within 8 characters MATH1 LABEL MATH1 MATH1 LABEL gt MATH1 LABEL MATH1 Example MATH lt x gt OPERation Function Sets the type of computation or queries the current setting Syntax MA
199. ge 912 Fatal error in the communication driver Servicing is required Warning 50 Code Message Action Reference Page 50 OPC exists in message Place the OPC or OPC at the end of the program message Other Errors 350 Code Message Action Reference Page 350 Queue overflow Read the error queue Code 350 occurs when the error queue is full up This message is output only for the 6 5 STATus ERRor query and is not displayed on the screen Note Code 350 indicates overflow of error queue This code is returned as a response to the STATus ERRor query it does not appear on the screen IM 701730 17E App 3 xipueddy H Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 The GP IB interface provided with DL1700E conforms to IEEE 488 2 1992 This standard requires the following 23 points be stated in this document This Appendix describes these points 1 Subsets Supported by IEEE 488 1 Interface Functions Refer to Section 1 4 GP IB Interface Specifications 2 Operation of Device when the Device is Assigned to an Address Other than Addresses 0 to 30 The DL1700E does not allow assignment to an address other than 0 to 30 3 Reaction when the User Changes the Address The current address is changed when a new address is set using MISC The newly set address is valid until another new address is set 4 Device Setup at Power ON Commands which can
200. gs that you can make by pressing SHIFT then pressing COPY O E HCOPy ABORt yA 4 COMMent Space senaracter string J EXTPrinter DiRection lt Space gt C NETPrint 4 EXECute EXTPrinter PRINTer NETPrint Space B 9 1 be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed 2 Can be used on products with firmware version 2 50 or later 5 52 IM 701730 17E 5 12 HCOPy Group Space Space TLINkage HCOPy Hard COPY Function Queries all settings relating to print of screen image data Syntax HCOPy Example HCOPY gt HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER PRINTER TYPE SHORT REPORT 0 MAG 2 0 TLINKAGE 0 RANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE 5 0 SELECT NAN HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE ESCP TONE 0 HCOPY COMMENT HCOPy ABORt Function Aborts print operation and paper feed Syntax HCOPy ABORt Example HCOPY ABORT HCOPy COMMent Function Sets queries the comment to be displayed at the screen Syntax HCOPy COMMent Character string HCOPy COMMent Character string Within 20 characters Example HCOPY COMMENT THIS IS TEST HCOPY COMMENT gt HCOPY COMMENT THIS IS TEST HCOPy DIRection Function Sets t
201. gt Character string vA O OoOo 9 S J GMTTime Character string 9 3 5 TYPE Space MANual V 05 LANGuage Space CHINese a O O LCD MODE Space TIME Space M e MLANGuage 4 Space CHINese z Ej 9 9 pmo es USBKeyboard ENGLish JAPANese Can be used on products with firmware version 2 09 or later IM 701730 17E 5 97 5 28 SYSTem Group SYSTem Function Queries all system settings Syntax SYSTem Example SYSTEM gt SYSTEM SCSI OWNID 0 SYSTEM CLOCK MODE 1 DATE 2004 06 19 TIME 17 47 17 SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE CLICK 1 TGATE OFF LCD MODE 1 BRIGHTNESS 4 AUTO MODE 0 TIME 1 SYSTEM OCANCEL 0 SYSTem BATTery Function Queries the condition of the internal lithium battery Syntax SYSTem BATTery SYSTEM BATTERY gt SYSTEM BATTERY 1 Description 1 is returned if the battery is functioning and 0 is returned if the battery has run out Example SYSTem CLICk Function Sets the click sound ON or OFF or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLICk Boolean SYSTem CLICk Example SYSTEM CLICK ON SYSTEM CLICK SYSTEM CLICK 1 SYSTem CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to date and time Syntax SYSTem CLOCk Example S
202. h Function Queries all settings related to the pulse width search of the search amp zoom function Syntax SEARCh WIDTh Example SEARCH WIDTH gt SEARCH WIDTH TYPE IN SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 POLARITY HIGH HYSTERESIS 0 30 TIME1 1 000000E 06 TIME2 1 000000E 06 IM 701730 17E 5 91 5 21 SEARch Group SEARCh WIDTh HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the pulse width search level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh WIDTh HYSTeresis NRf SEARCh WIDTh HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 0 div 0 1 steps SEARCH WIDTH HISTERESIS 0 3 SEARCH WIDTH HISTERESIS gt SEARCH WIDTH HYSTERESIS 0 30 Example SEARch WIDTh LEVel Function Sets the pulse width search level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch WIDTh LEVel lt voltage gt lt NRf gt SEARCh WIDTh LEVel voltage 8 div on the screen 0 01div steps lt 4 to 4 div 0 01div steps SEARCH WIDTH LEVEL 1V SEARCH WIDTH LEVEL gt SEARCH WIDTH LEVEL 1 000 00 Description When set to the current probe sets the Current value or queries the current setting Example SEARCh WIDTh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the pulse width search level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh WIDTh POLarity HIGH LOW SEARCh WIDTh POLarity Example SEARCH WIDTH PO
203. h lt Space gt lt NRf gt ALL Y When the target channel is set to the current probe becomes lt Current gt 5 80 IM 701730 17E 5 19 PRESet Group PRESet Function Queries all settings related to the preset function PRESet PRESET PRESET ALL TYPE CMOS5 USERDEFINE VDIV 2 000000E 00 Syntax Example LEVEL 2 500000E 00 OFFSET 0 0E 00 PRESET ALL PROBE 10 PRESET SELECTCH ALL CHANNEL1 TYPE CMOS5 USERDEFINE VDIV 2 000000E 00 LEVEL 2 500000E 00 OFFSET 0 0E 00 PRESET CHANNEL1 PROBE 10 PRESET CHANNEL2 TYPE CMOS5 USERDEFINE VDIV 2 000000E 00 LEVEL 2 500000E 00 OFFSET 0 0E 00 PRESET CHANNEL2 PROBE 10 PRESET CHANNEL3 TYPE CMOS5 USERDEFINE VDIV 2 000000E 00 LEVEL 2 500000E 00 OFFSET 0 0E 00 PRESET CHANNEL3 PROBE 10 PRESET CHANNEL4 TYPE CMOS5 USERDEFINE VDIV 2 000000E 00 LEVEL 2 500000E 00 OFFSET 0 0E 00 PRESET CHANNEL4 PROBE 10 PRESet ALL PROBe Function Sets the preset value of the probe attenuation current to voltage conversion ratio of all channels PRESet ALL PROBe NRf C10 C100 lt NRf gt 1 10 100 1000 PRESET ALL PROBE 10 Syntax Example PRESet ALL TYPE Function Sets preset values to all channels Syntax PRESet ALL TYPE CMOS5 CMOS3 ECL USERdef ine Example PRESET ALL TYPE USERDEFINE PRESet ALL USERdefine LEVel Function Sets the preset trigger level of all channels S
204. haracter data gt is a specified string of character data MA Mega 10 A 4 Kilo 104 a mnemonic It is mainly used to indicate options M ip and is chosen from the character strings given in U Micro 107 i 25 2 N Nano 102 For interpretation rules refer to Header Interpretation Pico 1075 Rules on page 4 4 F Femto 1075 A Atto 10718 Form Example AC DC GND AC lt Unit gt Units which can be used are shown below Symbol Word Description v Volt Voltage 5 HZ Hertz Frequency MHZ Megahertz Frequency A Ampere Current e lt Multiplier gt and Unit are not case sensitive e U is used to indicate MA is used for Mega M to distinguish it from Milli except for in the case of Megahertz which is expressed as MHZ Hence it is not permissible to use M Milli for Hertz f both lt Multiplier gt and Unit are omitted the default unit will be used Response messages are always expressed in lt NR3 gt form Neither lt Multiplier gt nor Unit is used therefore the default unit is used As with a header the COMMunicate VERBose command can be used to return a response message in its full form Alternatively the abbreviated form can be used The COMMunicate HEADer command does not affect character data Boolean Boolean is data which indicates ON or OFF and is expressed in one of the following forms Form Exampl
205. he horizontal cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting CURSor XY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor XY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div 1 100 steps CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 2 CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL 5 1 2 00 Syntax Example CURSor XY HORizontal TRACe Function Sets the waveform on which to use the H cursor in the X Y display or queries the current setting DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only CURSor XY HORizontal TRACe XY1 XY2 CURSOr XY HORizontalTRACe CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE XY1 Syntax Example CURSor XY HORizontal Y Function Queries the Y axis value of the horizontal cursor of the X Y display Syntax CURSor XY HORizontal Y Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL Y gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL Y 1 5000000E 00 Description When the linear scaling is ON the scaled value is queried CURSor XY MARKer Function Queries all settings related to the marker cursors in the X Y display Syntax CURSOor XY MARKer Example CURSOR XY MARKER CURSOR XY MARKER DISPLAY 1 TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSor XY MARKer POSition Function Sets the X axis position of the marker cursor in the X Y display or queries the current setting CURSor XY MARKer POSition lt NRf gt CURSo
206. he printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy DIRection EXTPrinter PRINter NETPrint HCOPy DIRection Example HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER HCOPY DIRECTION gt HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER Description can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed HCOPy EXECute Function Executes the print operation This is an overlap command Syntax HCOPy EXECute Example HCOPY EXECute HCOPy EXTPrinter Function Queries all settings related to printing when using an external printer Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter Example HCOPY EXTPRINTER HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE BJ 360 TONE 1 SELECT NAN HCOPy EXTPrinter PRINter Function Queries the addresses of all the printers that are currently connected Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter PRINter Example The following is an example when printers are connected to address 2 and 3 HCOPY EXTPRINTER PRINTER gt HCOPY EXTPRINTER PRINTER 2 3 HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect Function Sets the printer address or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect NRf HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect lt NRf gt 1 to 127 Example HCOPY EXTPRINTER SELECT 3 HCOPY EXTPRINTER SELECT gt HCOPY EXTPRINTER SELECT 3 Description If you specify an address at which no printer is connected an error occurs In this case NAN Not A Number is returned IM 701730 17E 5 53 spuewwog 5 12 HCOPy Group HCOPy EXTPrin
207. he serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function to Don t care 5 90 SEARch SPATtern CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the serial pattern search of the search amp zoom function 5 90 SEARCh SPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 90 SEARch SPATtern CLOCk LEVE1 SSets the search level of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 90 SEARch SPATtern CLOCk SLOPe Sets the slope of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 90 SEARch SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Sets the target waveform of the clock channel of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 90 SEARCh SPATtern INTerval Sets the search interval of search target waveform of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 91 SEARCh SPATtern LEVel Sets the upper and lower limits of the status criteria level of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 91 SEARch SPATtern PATTern lt x gt Sets the status criteria pattern of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function
208. hich is selected by the sPRESet SELectch command PRESet SELectch Function Sets the channel to be preset or queries the current setting Syntax PRESet SELectch ALL lt NRf gt PRESet SELectch lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Example PRESET SELECTCH 1 PRESET SELECTCH gt PRESET SELECTCH 1 5 82 IM 701730 17E 5 20 RECall Group 5 20 RECall Group The commands in the RECall group are used to recall the setup data from the internal memory These commands can be used to carry out the same operations as when SETUP on the front panel is pressed Ceca 0 mH 39 RECall SETup cx EXECute Function Recalls the setting parameters from the internal memory Syntax RECall SETup lt x gt EXECute lt x gt 1 to 3 Example RECALL SETUP1 EXECute Description If you specify an unsaved number an error occurs IM 701730 17E 5 83 Hu 5 21 SEARch Group 5 24 SEARch Group The commands in the SEARch group are used to search amp zoom function These commands can be used to carry out the same operations or to make the same settings and inquiries as when SHIFT ZOOM on the front panel is pressed DiRection lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt 4 lt NRf gt 7 HYSTeresis H Space e lt NRf gt J POSition 5 84 IM 701730 17E 5 21 SEARch
209. his command Example DISPlay RGB OTHers Function Queries all settings related to the colors of other items Syntax DISPlay RGB OTHers Example DISPLAY RGB OTHERS gt ISPLAY RGB OTHERS SNAP 15 15 15 ZONEl 0 0 15 ZONE2 15 4 11 ZONE3 11 15 4 ZONE4 0 7 15 GRID 8 8 8 CURSOR 13 13 13 MARKER 15 15 15 IM 701730 17E 5 35 spuewwogdg 5 9 DISPlay Group DISPlay RGB OTHers CURSor GRID MARKer SNAP ZONE lt x gt Function Sets the color for cursrs graticule markers and snapshot waveforms or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay RGB OTHers CURSor GRID MARKer SNAP ZONE lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NR gt lt NR gt DISPlay RGB OTHers CURSor GRID MARKer SNAP ZONE lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 15 R G B in that order DISPLAY RGB OTERS CURSOR 0 0 0 DISPLAY RGB OTHERS CURSOR gt DISPLAY RGB OTHERS CURSOR 0 0 0 Description Set the DISPlay COLor command to RGB before executing this command Example DISPlay RGB WAVeform Function Queries all settings related to the waveform colors Syntax DISPlay RGB WAVeform Example DISPLAY RGB WAVEFORM gt DISPLAY RGB WAVEFORM CHANNEL1 15 15 0 CHANNEL2 15 0 CHANNEL3 15 0 15 CHANNEL4 0 15 15 MATH1 15 0 0 MATH2 15 7 0 BACK 0 0 0 DISPlay RGB WAVeform CHANnel lt x gt BACK MATH lt x gt Function Sets the color of the channel background
210. hoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ lt gt 1 to 4 Voltage Time Frequency lt NRf gt See the User s Manual GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TYPE AVERAGE 100 100 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TYPE AVERAGE gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 TYPE AVERAGE 100 0E 03 100 0E 03 Queries are only allowed on the parameters that have been set using this command When a current probe is used this command sets or queries the Current value Syntax Example Description GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt VALue Function Queries the automated measurement values of the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt VALue lt gt 1 to 4 GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 VALUE gt GONOGO PARAMETER ITEM1 VALUE 1 98E 03 If the measurement is not possible the mode is OFF for example NAN Not A Number is returned Syntax Example Description GONogo SEQuence Function Selects single or continuous action or queries the current setting GONogo SEQuence CONTinuous SINGle GONogo SEQuence GONOGO SEQUENCE SINGLE GONOGO SEQUENCE gt GONOGO SEQUENCE SINGLE Syntax Example GONogo STOPcount Function Sets the number of waveform acquisitions on which to perform GO NO GO determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo STO
211. ies the content of the extended event register and clears the register Syntax STATus EESR Example STATUS EESR gt 1 Description For a description of the event register refer to chapter 6 STATus ERRor Function Queries the code and message at the beginning of the error queue of the error which has occurred Syntax STATus ERRor Example STATUS ERROR gt 113 Undefined header 5 94 IM 701730 17E 5 25 STATus Group 5 26 STOP Group STATus FILTer lt x gt Function Sets queries the transit filter Syntax STATus FILTer lt x gt RISE FALL BOTH NEVer STATus FILTer lt x gt lt gt 1 to 16 Example STATUS FILTER2 RISE STATUS FILTER2 gt STATUS FILTER2 RISE Description For a description of the event register refer to chapter 6 STATus QENable Function Selects queries whether messages other than errors are stored in the error queue Syntax STATus QENable lt Boolean gt STATus QENable Example STATUS QENABLE ON STATUS QENABLE gt STATUS QENABLE 1 5 26 STOP Group The STOP command is used to stop acquisition The same function can be performed using START STOP on the front panel 5 Function Stops acquisition Syntax STOP Example STOP Description start acquisition use STARt STATus OMESsage Function Selects queries whether message content is appended to responses to STATus ERRor Syntax STATus QMESsage
212. ified channel or queries the current setting 5 108 TRIGger SIMPle PROBe Sets the probe when the trigger source is set to EXTernal or queries the current setting 5 108 TRIGger SIMPle RANGe Sets the external trigger input range and queries the current setting DL1720E only 5 108 TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe Sets the trigger slope of the specified channel or queries the current setting 5 109 TRIGger SIMPle SOURce Sets the trigger source or queries the current setting 5 109 TRIGger SOURce Queries all settings related to the trigger source for the enhanced trigger 5 109 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel cx Queries all settings related to the trigger source of the specified channel 5 109 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x COUPling Sets the trigger coupling of each channel or queries the current setting 5 109 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection Sets the HF rejection or queries the current setting 5 109 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis on the search level or queries the current setting 5 109 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel Sets the trigger level of each channel or queries the current setting 5 109 TRIGger SOURce CHANne1l lt x gt WIDTh Sets the width of the window trigger or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger TV Queries all settings related to the TV trigger 5 110 TRIGger TV FIELd Sets the field or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger TV FRAMe Sets the frame
213. ing 5 60 5 62 5 62 5 62 Sets the screen image data compression of the TIFF format or queries the current setting Saves the screen image data to the storage medium 5 62 5 62 Sets the save format of the screen image data or queries the current setting 5 62 Queries all settings related to the save operation of the screen image data to the storage medium 5 62 Turns ON OFF the auto naming function of file names or queries the current setting Changes the directory in which to save the screen image data Sets the storage medium for the file used to save the screen image data Sets the name of the file to be saved or queries the current setting Queries the screen image data 5 62 5 62 5 62 5 62 5 62 Sets the color tone of the saving screen image data or queries the current setting 5 62 IM 701730 17E 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page INITialize Group INITialize EXECute Executes initialization 5 63 INITialize UNDO Cancels the initialization that was executed 5 63 MATH Group lt gt Queries all settings related to computations 5 65 MATH x BINary Queries all settings related to binary computations 5 65 MATH x BINary CHANnel x 1 Sets the threshold levels of the channel for binary computation or queries the current setting 5 65 MATH lt x gt DISPlay Sets whether or not to display computation waveforms or queries the curren
214. ing of the channel or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Turns ON OFF the channel or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt LABel Sets the waveform label of channel or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale Queries all settings related to the linear scaling of the channel 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue Sets scaling coefficient A or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel x LSCale BVALue Sets offset value B or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE Turns ON OFF the linear scaling or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Sets the unit of the value after it is scaled or queries the current setting 5 20 CHANnel lt x gt MODE Turns ON OFF the display of the channel or queries the current setting 5 21 CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet Sets the offset voltage of the channel or queries the current setting 5 21 CHANnel lt x gt POSition Sets the vertical position of the channel or queries the current setting 5 21 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe Sets the probe attenuation current to voltage conversion ratio of the channel or queries the current setting 5 21 CHANnel lt x gt VARiable Sets the voltage sensitivity of the channel in 0 01 steps of the V div setting or queries the current setting 5 21 CHANnel lt x gt VDIV Sets the voltage sensitivity V div of the channel or queries the current setting 5 21 CLEar Group CLEar Clears the trac
215. ings related to colors used in the menu 5 35 DISPlay RGB MENU BACK DIALog FOCus FORE LINE SELect SHADow 3 Sets the color of the characters background dialog and lines of the menu 3 Screen or queries the current setting 5 35 DISPlay RGB OTHers Queries all settings related to the colors of other items 5 35 Q DISPlay RGB OTHers CURSor GRID MARKer SNAP ZONE lt x gt Sets the color for cursors grid markers and snapshot waveforms or queries the current setting 5 36 DISPlay RGB WAVeform Queries all settings related to the waveform colors 5 36 DISPlay RGB WAVeform CHANnel x BACK MATH lt x gt Sets the colors for waveform and computation channels or queries the current setting 5 36 DISPlay FORMat Sets the display format or queries the current setting 5 36 DISPlay GRATicule Sets the graticule type or queries the current setting 5 36 DISPlay INTENsity Queries all settings related to the brightness of the displayed items 5 36 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID SNAP WAVeform Sets the brightness of each display item or queries the current setting 5 36 DISPlay INTERpolate Sets the interpolation method or queries the current setting 5 36 DISPlay MAPPing Sets the mapping mode used to allocate the waveforms to the divided windows or queries the current setting 5 36 DISPlay SMAPping Queries the mapping of all waveforms to the divided windows 5 36 DISPlay SMAPping CHAN
216. int the screen image to the built in printer optional during NO GO determination or queries the current setting GONogo ACTion HCOPy Boolean GONogo ACTion HCOPy GONOGO ACTION HCOPY OFF GONOGO ACTION HCOPY GONOGO ACTION HCOPY 0 GONogo ACTion IMAGe Function Syntax Example GONogo ACTion MAIL Function Syntax Example Description Sets whether or not to save the screen image to the external storage medium for NO GO determination or queries the current setting GONogo ACTion IMAGe lt Boolean gt GONogo ACTion IMAGe GONOGO ACTION IMAGE OFF GONOGO ACTION IMAGE gt GONOGO ACTION IMAGE 0 Queries the all settings for an e mail to be sent when the determination is NO GO GONogo ACTion MAIL GONOGO ACTION MAIL gt GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE 1 COUNT 100 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt Function Syntax Example Description Sets queries the maximum number of e mail to be sent when the determination is NO GO GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 1000 GONOGO ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 GONOGO ACTION MAIL COUNT gt GONOGO ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Function Syntax Example Description Sets queries whether an e mail report is sent when the d
217. ion Syntax SEARCh Example SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 SLOPE RISE HYSTERESIS 0 30 COUNT 1 SEARCH SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE NONE SEARCH SPATTERN INTERVAL 10 000E 09 SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 PSELECT 1 PATTERN1 HXXXXXXX PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERNA XXXXXXXX PATTERN5 XXXXXXXX PATTERN6 XXXXXXXX PATTERN7 XXXXXXXX PATTERN8 SEARCH WIDTH TYPE IN SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 POLARITY HIGH HYSTERESIS 0 30 1 1 000000 06 TIME2 1 000000E 06 SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE NONE SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN HIGH SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL3 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH PPATTERN MATH1 LEVEL 0 00 HYSTERESIS 0 30 PATTERN DONTCARE SEARCH ASCROLL DIRECTION RIGHT SPEED 0 SEARCH TWINDOW Z1 MLINKAGE 1 MAG1 2 0 MAG2 2 0 PLINKAGE 0 POSITION1 0 0000000 POSITION2 0 0000000 SPOINT 5 0000000 SELECT NAN SEARCh ABORt Function Aborts the search when using the search amp zoom function SEARch ABORt SEARCH ABORT Syntax Example SEARch ASCRo11 Function Queries all settings related to the auto scroll of the search amp zoom function SEARch ASCRo11 SEARCH ASCROLL gt SEARCH ASCR
218. ion 5 88 IM 701730 17E 5 9 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page SEARch MLINkage Turns ON OFF the link when changing the zoom rate of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 88 SEARch MAG lt x gt Sets the zoom rate of the zoom window of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 88 SEARch PLINkage Turns ON OFF the link when moving the zoom box of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 88 SEARch POSition lt x gt Sets the zoom box position of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 88 SEARch PPATtern Queries all settings related to the parallel pattern search of the search amp zoom function 5 88 SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries all settings related to the waveform of the parallel pattern search of the search amp zoom function 5 88 SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the target waveform of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 88 SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt LEVel Sets the criteria level of the target waveform of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 89 SEARch PPATtern 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt
219. is a terminator used to terminate each program message The following three types of terminator are available NL New Line Same as LF Line Feed ASCII code OAH is used END END message defined in IEEE488 1 EOI signal The data byte sent with an END message will be the final item of the program message unit NL END NL with an END message attached NL is not included in the program message unit Program Message Unit Format The format of a program message unit is shown below Program header B Space d Program data Program Header A program header is used to indicate the command type For details refer to page 4 3 Program Data If certain conditions are required for the execution of a command program data must be added Program data must be separated from the header by a space ASCII code 20H If multiple items of program data are included they must be separated comma For details refer to page 4 5 Buruiure1804d 940Jog Example ACQuire MODE NORMal lt PMT gt Header Data Response Messages The format of a response message is shown below L lt Response message m lt RMT gt lt Response Message Units gt A response message consists of one or more response message units each response message unit corresponds to one response Response message units are delimited by a For the response message format
220. itUsb If sts lt gt 0 Then UsbGetWord 1 Exit Function End If sts GetWord If sts lt gt 0 Then UsbGetWord 1 GoTo UsbGetWordEnd End If UsbGetWord 0 UsbGetWordEnd Call CloseDevice End Function Private Function GetWord As Long Dim msg As String Dim As String Dim sts As Long Dim vdv As Variant Dim ofs As Variant Dim dlg As Long Dim dat As Variant Dim i As Integer Dim rlen As Long Dim endflag As Long msg Space 100 Space 100 msg STOP sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg COMMUNICATE HEADER OFF sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM TRACE 1 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts lt gt CTL_OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If Initialize GPIB Get Word Data Function Device Close Initialize USB Word Data Function Device Close Command buffer Query biffer Vdiv value Offset value Block Data Length Data Stop Acquisition Query Header Off for Get V div Trace 1 7 8 701730 17 7 5 Data Output Word Format 2 bytes msg WAVEFORM RECORD 0 Record number 0 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM FORMAT WORD
221. iteria of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition OFF IN OUT HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION IN HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION gt HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION IN IM 701730 17E 5 57 5 13 HISTory Group HISTory PARameter ITEM x SOURCe Function Sets the target waveform of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURce lt NR gt MATH lt x gt HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURce x of ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 SOURCE 1 HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 SOURCE gt HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 SOURCE 1 Example sHISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt Function Sets the automated measurement parameter and its upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt lt Voltage DONTcare gt Voltage DONTcare Time DONTcare gt lt Time DONTcare gt lt Frequency DONTcare gt lt Frequency DONT
222. k SOURce is set to NONE SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Syntax Example Sets the target waveform of the clock channel of the parallel pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce NONE lt NRf gt SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURce 1 SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURce gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 IM 701730 17E 5 89 5 21 SEARch Group SEARch SELect Function Syntax Example Description Sets the detection waveform number of the search amp zoom function and queries the zoom position corresponding to the detection waveform number SEARch SELect lt NR gt MAXimum SEARCh SELect lt NRf gt 1 to 1000 SEARCH SELECT 1 SEARCH SELECT gt SEARCH SELECT 2 5000000 If no positions are found is returned SEARch SELect MAXimum Function Syntax Example Description Queries the detection count of the search amp zoom function SEARCh SELect MAXimum SEARCH SELECT MAXIMUM gt SEARCH SELECT 100 If no positions are found is returned SEARch SPATtern Serial Pattern Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the serial pattern search of the search amp zoom function SEARch SPATtern SEARCH SPATTERN gt SEARCH
223. l X x Queries the X axis position of the vertical cursor 5 30 CURSor TY VERTical Y x Queries the Y axis position of the vertical cursor 5 30 CURSor XY Queries all settings related to the cursors in the X Y display 5 30 CURSor XY HORizontal Queries all settings related to the horizontal cursors in the X Y display 5 30 CURSor XY HORizontal DY Queries the Y axis value of the horizontal cursor of the X Y display 5 30 CURSor XY HORizontal POSition x Sets the horizontal cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting 5 31 CURSor XY HORizontal TRACe Sets the waveform on which to use the horizontal cursor in the X Y display or queries the current setting DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only 5 31 CURSor XY HORizontal Y Queries the Y axis value of the horizontal cursor of the X Y display 5 31 CURSor XY MARKer Queries all settings related to the marker cursors in the X Y display 5 31 CURSor XY MARKer POSition Sets the X axis position of the marker cursor in the X Y display or queries the current setting 5 31 CURSor XY MARKer T Queries the time value of the marker cursor in the X Y display 5 31 CURSor XY MARKer TRACe Sets the waveform on which to use the marker cursor in the X Y display or queries the current setting DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only 5 31 5 2 IM 701730 17E 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page CURSor XY MARKer X Queries the X axis position of the marker curso
224. le Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARch EDGE HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEARch EDGE HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 div 0 1 div steps SEARCH EDGE HYSTERESIS 1 SEARCH EDGE HYSTERESIS gt SEARCH EDGE HYSTERESIS 1 0 SEARch EDGE LEVE1 Function Syntax Example Description Sets the edge detection level of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARcCh EDGE LEVEL lt voltage gt lt NRf gt SEARCh EDGE LEVE1 lt voltage gt 8 div on the screen 0 01 div steps lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div 0 01 div steps SEARCH EDGE LEVEL 10mV SEARCH EDGE LEVEL gt SEARCH EDGE LEVEL 10 00E 03 Specify a voltage when the s SEARCh EDGE SOURce is set to channel when set to the current probe specify a current lt NRf gt when it is set to MATH SEARCh EDGE SLOPe Function Syntax Example Sets the edge search slope of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting SEARCh EDGE SLOPe FALL RISE SEARch EDGE SLOPe SEARCH EDGE SLOPE RISE SEARCH EDGE SLOPE gt SEARCH EDGE SLOPE RISE IM 701730 17E 5 87 5 21 SEARch Group SEARCh EDGE SOURCe Function Sets the target waveform of the edge search of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh EDGE SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt SEARCh EDGE
225. llowing groups at once ACCumulate ACQuire CHANnel lt x gt TIMebase TRIGger Syntax RST Example RST Description Previously sent oPC and OPC commands are also cleared SRE Service Request Enable register Function Sets the value of the service request enable register inquires about the current setting Syntax SRE lt NRf gt SRE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 Example SRE 239 SRE gt 239 Description lt NRf gt is the sum of the bits expressed as a decimal number For example if ESE 239 is set the service request enable register will be set to 11101111 This means that bit 4 of the service request enable register is disabled so that bit 5 ESB of the status byte register will not be set to 1 even if the output queue is not empty However bit 6 MSS of the status byte register is the MSS bit so it will be ignored Default is SRE 0 i e all bits are disabled The service request enable register will not be cleared even if a query is made using SRE For details of the service request enable register refer to page 6 1 STB STatus Byte Function Queries about the value of the status byte register Syntax STB Example STB gt 4 Description sum of the bits expressed as a decimal value is returned Bit 6 is MSS not RQS since the register is read without serial polling For example if 4 is returned the status byte register is
226. lope of the measured waveform when measuring the delay between waveforms or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay MEASure SLOPe RISE FALL MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay MEASure SLOPe x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE RISE MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE RISE 5 72 IM 701730 17E 5 17 MEASure Group MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence Function Queries all settings related to the reference waveform when measuring the delay between waveforms MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 Syntax Example MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt Function Sets the edge detection count of the reference waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence COUNt NRf MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence COUNt x of CHAN
227. lowing cases in addition to when read out is performed When a new message is received from the controller When dead lock occurs page 4 2 When a device clear command DCL or SDC is received When power is turned ON again The output queue cannot be emptied using the CLS command To see whether the output queue is empty or not check bit 4 MAV of the status byte gt gt D2 o D1 D1 D2 D1 Overview of the Error Queue The error queue stores the error No and message when an error occurs For example if the controller sends an incorrect program message the number 113 Undefined header and the error message stored in the error queue when the error is displayed The contents of the error queue can be read using the STATus ERRor query As with the output queue messages are read oldest first newest last refer to the previous page If the error queue becomes full the final message will be replaced by message 350 Queue overflow The error queue is emptied in the following cases in addition to when read out is performed When the cLs command is received When power is turned ON again To see whether the error queue is empty or not check bit 2 EAV of the status byte IM 701730 17E 6 5 10deg Sns H 7 1 Before Programming Chapter 7 Sample Program Notes on Use of the Sample Program Yokogawa shall accept no responsibility
228. lt gt DELay x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE 0 MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure Function Queries all settings related to the measured waveform when measuring the delay between waveforms Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay MEASure lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE gt MEASURE CHANNEL 1 MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt Function Sets the edge detection count of the measured waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay MEASure COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay MEASure COUNt x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure SLOPe Function Sets the s
229. lt Boolean gt STATus OMESsage STATUS QMESSAGE ON STATUS QMESSAGE gt STATUS QMESSAGE 1 Example STATus SPOL1 Serial Poll Function Executes the serial polling Syntax STATus SPOL1 Example STATUS SPOLL gt STATUS SPOLL 0 Description This is an exclusive command for the USB interface or the Ethernet interface option spuewwogdg IM 701730 17E 5 95 5 27 STORe Group 5 27 STORe Group The commands in the STORe group are used to store the setup data from the internal memory These commands can be used to carry out the same operations as when SETUP on the front panel is pressed E Space character string gt Space L STORe Function Queries information about the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory Syntax STORe Example STORE gt STORE SETUPI COMMENT LOCK 0 STORE SETUP2 COMMENT LOCK 0 STORE SETUP3 COMMENT LOCK 0 STORe SETup lt x gt Function Queries information about the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory at the specified number Syntax STORe SETup lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 3 Example STORE SETUP1 gt STORE SETUP1 COMMENT WAVE1 LOCK 0 STORe SETup lt x gt COMMent Function Sets comments for the setting parameters that are to be stored to the internal memory at the specified number or queries the current
230. m CLOCk TIME Character string SYSTem CLOCk TIME Character string HH MM SS See the User s Manual SYSTEM CLOCK TIME 14 30 00 SYSTEM CLOCK TIME gt SYSTEM CLOCK TIME 14 30 00 Example SYSTem CLOCk TYPE Functions Sets queries the date and time setting method Syntax SYSTem CLOCk TYPE MANual SNTP SYSTem CLOCk TYPE Example SYSTEM CLOCK TYPE MANUAL SYSTEM CLOCK TYPE gt SYSTEM CLOCK TYPE MANUAL SYSTem LANGuage Function Sets queries the message language Syntax SYSTem LANGuage ENGLish JAPANese CHINese KORean SYSTem LANGuage Example SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTEM LANGUAGE gt SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE Description Korean can be used on products with firmware version 2 09 or later SYSTem LCD Function Queries all settings related to the LCD monitor Syntax SYSTem LCD Example SYSTEM LCD gt SYSTEM LCD MODE 1 BRIGHTNESS 1 AUTO MODE 0 TIME 1 SYSTem LCD AUTO Function Queries all settings related to the LCD backlight auto off function Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO Example SYSTEM LCD AUTO gt SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE 0 TIME 1 SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Function Turns the LCD backlight ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Boolean SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE ON SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE gt SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE 1 Example 5 98 IM 701730 17E 5 28 SYSTem Gro
231. m or queries the current setting 5 118 ZOOM MODE Sets the zoom waveform display mode or queries the current setting 5 118 ZOOM PLINkage Turns the link ON OFF when moving the zoom box or queries the current setting 5 118 ZOOM POSition lt x gt Sets the zoom box position or queries the current setting 5 118 Common Command Group CAL Executes calibration and queries the result 5 119 CLS Clears the standard event register extended event register and error queue 5 119 ESE Sets the standard event enable register or queries the current setting 5 119 ESR Queries the standard event register and clears the register 5 120 IDN Queries the instrument model 5 120 LRN Queries all current settings of the command group 5 120 OPC Sets the OPC event after the completion of the specified overlap command 5 120 OPC Creates a response upon the completion of the specified overlap command 5 121 OPT Queries the installed options 5 121 PSC Sets whether or not to clear the registers at power up or queries the current setting 5 121 RST Initializes the command group s settings 5 121 SRE Sets the service request enable register or queries the current setting 5 121 STB Queries the status byte register 5 121 TST Executes self test and queries the result 5 121 WAI Holds the subsequent command until the completion of the specified overlap operation 5 121 5 14 IM 701730 17E 5 2 ACQuire Group 5 2 ACQuire Group The c
232. m parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting 5 48 GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE Queries the automated measurement parameters and the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed 5 48 IM 701730 17E 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the automated measurement parameter of the specified waveform parameter on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed or queries the current setting 5 49 GONogo PARameter ITEM lt x gt VALue Queries the automated measurement values of the waveform parameters on which GO NO GO determination is to be performed 5 49 GONogo SEQuence Selects single or continuous action or queries the current setting 5 49 GONogo STOPcount Sets the number of waveform acquisitions on which to perform GO NO GO determination or queries the current setting 5 49 GONogo TLINkage Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor of the GO NO GO determination 5 49 GONogo TRANge Sets the range over which to perform GO NO GO determination or queries the current setting 5 49 GONogo WAIT Waits for the GO NO GO determination to complete with a timeout 5 49 GONogo ZONE Queries all settings related to GO NO GO determination using zones 5 49 GONogo ZONE EDIT x EXI
233. main When the time base is set to external clock The query is for the number of points with respect to delay 0 in the time domain and the number of points from the beginning of the memory in the frequency dmain CURSor TY VERTical Y x Function Queries the Y axis position of the vertical cursor in the T Y display Syntax CURSOr TY VERTical Y x lt gt 1 or 2 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL Y1 gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL Yl 2 50E 03 CURSor XY Function Queries all setings related to the cursors in the X Y display Syntax CURSor XY Example CURSOR XY gt CURSOR XY TYPE OFF HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE POSITION 3 0000000 CURSor XY HORizontal Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the horizontal cursors in the X Y display CURSOor XY HORiontal CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSor XY HORizontal DY Function Syntax Example Description Queries the Y axis value of the horizontal cursor of the X Y display CURSor XY HORizontal DY CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL DY gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL DY 3 0000000E 00 When the linear scaling is ON the scaled value is queried 5 30 IM 701730 17E 5 8 CURSor Group CURSor XY HORizontal POSitioncx Function Sets t
234. mand is used to designate which commands are to be subject to the WAI command In the above example only auto setup is designated Since a WAI command is executed just before CHANnell VDIV CHANnell VDIV will not be executed until auto setup has been completed Using the CoMMunicate OVERlap Command The COMMunicate OVERlap command is used to enable or disable overlap operation Example COMMunicate OVERlap HFFBF FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 CHANnell VDIV VALue lt PMT gt The COMMunicate OVERlap HFFBF command disables overlapped operation of the medium access command while enabling all other overlap type operations The oscilloscope will therefore handle FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 as sequential command ensuring that the CHANnell VIDV command in the above example will not execute until file loading is completed Using the Command The oPC command causes the OPC bit bit 0 of the standard event register page 6 4 to be set to 1 when an overlap operation has been completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 ESE 1 ESR SRE 32 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute 1 lt gt Response to ESR is decoded Service request is awaited CHANnell VDIV PMT The coMMunicate OPSE command is used to designate which commands are to be subject to the OPC command In the above example only medium access commands are designated ESE 1 SRE 32 stipulate that a servic
235. manual and to the User s Manual IM 701730 01E IM 701730 17E App 5 xipueddy Appendix 4 Waveform Parameter Name Correspondence Table Appendix 4 Waveform Parameter Name Correspondence Table Name Displayed on the Setup Menu of the DL1700E Screen Name Used by Communication Name on the DL1700E Screen When Displaying Commands Measured Results P P PTOPeak P P Max MAXimum Max Min MINimum Min Avg AVERage Avg Rms RMS Rms Sdev SDEViation SDv High HIGH High Low LOW Low OShot POVershoot Ovr OShot NOVershoot Ovr Freq FREQuency Freq Period PERiod Prod Rise RISE Rise Fall FALL Fall Width PWIDth Wd Width NWIDth Wd Duty DUTYcycle Duty Burst1 BWIDth1 Bst1 Burst2 BWIDth2 Bst2 Pulse PNUMber 5 AvgFreq AVGFreq FR A AvgPeriod AVGPeriod PR A Int1TY TY1Integ HTY Int2TY TY2Integ 2 Int1XY XY1Integ H XY Int2XY XY2Integ 2 Delay DELay Dly App 6 IM 701730 17E Index Symbols D OPC command esses enne nennen nennt nnn 4 8 4 1 4 5 WAI COMMANG ucc 4 8 DECECULM 5 42 data transfer rate 1 4 2 2 3 2 A A gt B n trigger ssssttttns 5 105 delay a ette tuia teen ie das 5 72 A Delay B trigger 225 106 determination logic GO NO GO we 5 48 abbre
236. mes of the Parts and their Functions 1 1 1 2 Connection via the GP IB Interface 8 nennen nnne 1 2 1 3 GP IB Interface Functions 2 0022 4 r nnns 1 3 1 4 GP IB Interface Specifications sssseeeeeeenenenennenenn ne 1 4 1 5 Setting up this Instrument GP IB sssseeeeneneeeeeeneennnee nennen 1 5 1 6 Response to Interface Messages eene nennen 1 6 USB Interface 2 1 Names of the Parts and their 2 1 2 2 USB Interface Functions and 2 2 2 2 3 Connection via the USB Interface 2 4 2 4 Setting up this Instrument 06 4042220444 0 2 5 Ethernet Interface Option 3 1 Names of the Parts and their Functions 4 4000 3 1 3 2 Ethernet Interface Functions and Specifications 3 2 3 3 Connection via the Ethernet Interface sssssseeeeeeeenenneenns 3 4 3 4 Setting up this Instrument Network seseeeeeeeeeeneeenenn nennen 3 5 Before Programming 4 1 boot e REED EE 4 1 4 2 Comimarids e iR EURO queue etie air eate ape d a LD 4 3 4 3 RH65pO0ns6 us Stute eot emp EE 4 5 4 4 Pri P 4 5 4
237. mode __ ____ The Ethernet interface cannot be used simultaneously with other communications interfaces GP IB or USB IM 701730 17E 3 2 Ethernet Interface Functions and Specifications User Verification Function The user must enter a user name and password for the Ethernet interface when connecting to the network The user name and password is set on the instrument in the Remote Cntl setting screen under the MISC menu For details see section 3 4 Setting up this Instrument Network IM 701730 17E 3 3 uondo 19u19u13 BH 3 3 Connection via the USB Interface 3 3 Connection via the Ethernet Interface Connection Method Connect a UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair or STP Shielded Twisted Pair cable that has been connected to a hub to the 100BASE TX port on the rear panel of the unit Ethernet 100BASE TX Compatible Hub or Router Network Card DL1700E Personal Computer or Workstation UTP Cable or STP Cable Straight Cable ETHERNET 100BASE TX Terminal Modular Jack RJ 45 Connection Precautions You must use a straight cable when connecting the unit to a personal computer or a workstation We cannot guarantee results using a cross cable When using a UTP cable straight cable be sure to use only a category 5 cable 3 4 IM 701730 17E 3 4 Setting up this Instrument Network 3 4 Setting
238. mple TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL COUPLING DC TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL COUPLING TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 COUPLING DC TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel x HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Sets the HF rejection on the trigger waveform for enhanced trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection OFF lt Frequency gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt Frequency gt 20 MHz or 15 kHz Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HFREJECTION 15KHZ TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HFREJECTION gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HFREJECTION 15 0E 03 TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel x HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis on the search level when using the enhanced trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis HIGH LOW TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of each channel when using the enhanced trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt voltage gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL
239. mpleted or not causing a command execution error TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt In this case synchronization with the time at which acquisition is completed must be accomplished as shown next Using STATus CONDition Query STATus CONDition query is used to make an query about the contents of the condition register page 6 4 Itis possible to judge whether acquisition is in progress or not by reading bit 0 of the condition register Bit O is 1 if acquisition is in progress and 0 if acquisition is stopped Example TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt STATus CONDition lt PMT gt Returns to the previous status if bit 0 is found to be 1 when the response is decoded WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt WAVeform SEND query will not be executed until bit O of the condition register has been set to 0 Using the Extended Event Register Changes in the condition register are reflected in the extended event register page 6 4 Example STATus FILTerl FALL STATus EESE 1 EESR SRE 8 TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt Response to STATus EESR is decoded Service request is awaited WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt The STATus FILTerl FALL command sets the transition filter such that Bit O FILTer1 of the Extended Event Register sets to 1 when Bit 0 of the Condition Register changes from 1 to 0 STATus EESE 1 is a command used only to reflect the status of bit 0 of the extended even
240. n Bit 3 DDE Device Dependent Error Set to 1 when execution of the command is not possible due to an internal problem in the instrument that is not a command error or an execution error Example circuit breaker is reset Bit 2 QYE Query Error Set to 1 if the output queue is empty or if the data is missing even after a query has been sent Examples No response data data is lost due to an overflow in the output queue Bit 1 Request Control Not used always 0 Bit 0 OPC Operation Complete Set to 1 when the operation designated by the oPC command has been completed Refer to Chapter 5 Bit Masking To mask a bit in the standard event register so that it does not cause bit 5 ESB of the status byte to change set the corresponding bit in the standard event enable register to 0 For example to mask bit 2 QYE so that ESB will not be set to 1 even if a query error occurs set bit 2 of the standard event enable register to 0 This can be done using the ESE command To inquire whether each bit of the standard event enable register is 1 or 0 use the ESE For details of the ESE command refer to Chapter 5 IM 701730 17E 10deg Sns 6 3 Standard Event Register 6 4 Extended Event Register Operation of the Standard Event Register The standard event register is provided for eight different kinds of event which can occur inside the instrument Bit 5 ESB of the status by
241. n the historical data of the automated measurement of waveform parameters History Statistics Executes the statistical processing within the historical data of the automated 5 74 5 74 5 74 5 75 5 75 5 75 5 75 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 measurement of waveform parameters History Statistics 5 76 Sets the mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 5 76 Turns ON OFF the automated measurement in the one cycle mode or queries the current setting 5 76 Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the cursors in the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 5 76 Sets the measurement range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 5 76 Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area 5 77 Queries all settings related to the specified computation parameter area of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area 5 77 Sets the measurement item of the specified computation parameter area of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting 5 77 Sets the measurement trace of the specified computation parameter area of the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the Dual Area or queries the current setting 5 77 5 8 IM 701730 17E 5 1 A List of Commands
242. nel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 to 9 MEASURE TRACE1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 2 MEASURE TRACE1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT gt MEASURE TRACE1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 2 Syntax Example MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence SLOPe Function Sets the slope of the reference waveform when measuring the delay between waveforms or queries the current setting MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence SLOPe RISE FALL MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence SLOPe x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE RISE MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE RISE Syntax Example MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence SOURce Function Syntax Example MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the reference of the delay measurement between waveforms to the trigger point or the waveform or queries the current setting MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay REFerence SOURce TRACe TRIGger MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay REFerence SOURce x
243. nel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Maps waveforms to the divided windows or queries the current setting 5 37 DISPlay SVALue Turns the scale value display ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 37 DISPlay TLABel Turns the display of waveform labels ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 37 DISPlay TRANslucent Turns the popup menu s transparent mode ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 37 FILE Group FILE Queries all settings related to the specified storage medium 5 41 FILE DELete ASCii BINary JPEG MEASure PNG POSTscript SETup SNAP TIFF EXECute Deletes various types of data files 5 41 FILE DIRectory Queries all settings related to the specified directory 5 41 FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Changes the target directory 5 41 FILE DIRectory DRIVe Sets the specified storage medium 5 41 FILE DIRectory FILTer Sets the filter limits the target files or queries the current setting 5 41 FILE DIRectory FREE Queries the free disk space bytes on the specified storage medium 5 41 FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Creates a directory under the specified directory 5 41 FILE DIRectory PATH Queries the specified directory 5 41 FILE FORMat EXECute Formats the floppy disk or PC card 5 41 FILE LOAD Queries all settings related to file loading 5 41 FILE LOAD BINary SETup SNAP ABORt Aborts loading the data 5 41 FILE LOAD BINary SETup SNAP EXECute Loads the data 5 4
244. ng Message Transmission Itis always possible to send a program message if the previous message which was sent did not contain any queries fthe previous message contained a query it is not possible to send another program message until a response message has been received An error will occur if a program message is sent before a response message has been received in its entirety A response message which has not been received will be discarded f an attempt is made by the controller to receive response message even if there it no response message an error will occur An error will also occur if the controller makes an attempt to receive a response message before transmission of a program message has been completed Ifa program message of more than one unit is sent and some of the units are incomplete this instrument receives program message units which the instrument thinks complete and attempts to execute them However these attempts may not always be successful and a response may not always be returned even if the program message contains queries Dead Lock This instrument has a buffer memory in which both program and response messages of 1024 bytes or more can be stored The number of bytes available will vary depending on the operating state of the instrument If both buffer memories become full at the same time this instrument becomes inoperative This state is called deadlock In this case operation can be
245. nit for Voltage Time and Frequency 4 5 134 Suffix too long Check the units for Voltage Time and Frequency 4 5 138 Suffix not allowed No units are allowed other than Voltage Time 4 5 and lt Frequency gt 141 Invalid character data Enter one of the character strings in Chapter 5 144 Character data too long Check the character strings in Chapter 5 148 Character data not allowed Enter in a format other than in Chapter 5 150 String data error Character string must be enclosed by double quotation 4 6 marks or apostrophes 151 Invalid string data Character string is too long or contains characters Chapter 5 which cannot be used 158 String data not allowed Enter in a data format other than Character string Chapter 5 161 Invalid block data Block data is not allowed 4 6 Chapter 5 168 Block data not allowed Block data is not allowed 4 6 Chapter 5 171 Invalid expression Equation is not allowed Chapter 5 178 Expression data not allowed Equation is not allowed Chapter 5 181 Invalid outside macro definition Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 App 2 IM 701730 17E Appendix 2 Error Messages Error in Communication Execution 200 to 299 Code Message Action Reference Page 221 Setting conflict Check the relevant setting Chapter 5 222 Data out of range Check the setting range Cha
246. ntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E CHANNEL1 LSCALE gt CHANNELI1 LSCALE MODE 1 AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 UNIT V Example CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue Function Sets scaling coefficient A or queries the current setting Sntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 CHANNEL1 LSCALE AVALUE 10 CHANNEL1 LSCALE AVALUE gt CHNNEL LSCALE AVALUE 10 0000E 00 Example CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue Function Sets offset value B or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to9 9999E 30 CHANNEL1 LSCALE BVALUE 10 CHANNEL1 LSCALE BVALUE gt CHANNEL LSCALE BVALUE 10 0000E 00 Example CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE Function Turns ON OFF the linear scaling or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE Boolean CHANne1l lt x gt LSCale MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE gt CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE 1 Example CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Function Sets the unit of the value after it is scale or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Character string gt
247. ntax CURSor XY TYPE OFF HORizontal VERTical HAVertical MARKer CURSOr XY TYPE Example CURSOR XY TYPE VERTICAL CURSor XY TYPE gt CURSOR XY TYPE VERICAL Description H amp V cursors can be used on products with firmware version 2 09 or later CURSor XY VERTical Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to vertical cursors in the X Y display CURSOr XY VERTical CURSOR XY VERTICAL gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSor XY VERTical DX Function Syntax Example Description Queries the X axis value between the vertical cursors in the X Y display CURSOr XY VERTical DX CURSOR XY VERTICL DX gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL DX 2 50E 06 When the linear scaling of the X trace is ON the scaled value is queried IM 701730 17E 5 31 5 8 CURSor Group CURSor XY VERTical POSition cx Function Sets the vertical cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor XY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor XY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div 1 100 steps Example CURSOR XY VERTICAL POSITION1 2 CURSOR XY VERTICAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL POSITION1 2 00E 00 CURSor XY VERTical TRACe Function Sets the waveform on which to use the vertical cursor in the X Y display or queries the current setting DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only Syntax CUR
248. of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE Sets the trace of the reference waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay REFerence TRACe lt NR gt lt gt MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DELay REFerence TRACe x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt 1 5 Function Syntax Example Sets the measurement mode of the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay STATe OFF ON DEGRee MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay STATe x of CHANnel lt gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE ON MEASURE CHANNEL1 DEALY STATE
249. of the TIFF format or queries the current setting Syntax 1MAGe COMPression Boolean IMAGe COMPression IMAGE COMPRESSION ON IMAGE COMPRESSION gt IMAGE COMPRESSION 1 Description This setting is valid when saving to the external storage medium Example IMAGe EXECute Function Stores the screen image data to the storage medium Syntax IMAGe EXECute Example IMAGE EXECUTE IMAGe FORMat Function Sets the save format of the screen image data or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe FORMat TIFF BMP PSCRipt PNG JPEG IMAGe FORMat Example IMAGE FORMAT TIFF IMAGE FORMAT gt IMAGE FORMAT TIFF IMAGe SAVE Function Queries all settings related to the save operation of the screen image data to the storage medium Syntax IMAGe SAVE Example IMAGE SAVE IMAGE SAVE DRIVE FLOPPY DIRECTORY NO 1 ANAMING 0 NAME DISP 1 IMAGe SAVE ANAMing Function Turns ON OFF the auto naming function of output file names or queries the current setting Syntax 1MAGe ANAMing Boolean IMAGe SAVE ANAMing Example IMAGE ANAMING ON IMAGE SAVE ANAMING gt IMAGE SAVE ANAMING 1 IMAGe SAVE CDIRectory Function Changes the directory in which to save the Screen image data Syntax 1MAGe SAVE DIRectory Character string Character string gt Up to 8 characters Example IMAGE SAVE DIRECTORY NO 1 IMAGe SAVE DRIVe Function Set
250. omed waveform Syntax ZOOM ALLOcation CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt Boolean gt ZOOM ALLOcation CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt x gt CHANnel 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt MATH 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example ZOOM ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 ON ZOOM ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 gt ZOOM ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 1 ZOOM FITMeasure Function Changes the range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters to the ends of the zoom box Syntax ZOOM FITMeasure Z1 Z2 ZOOM FITMeasure Example ZOOM FITMEAURE 271 ZOOM FITMEAURE gt ZOOM FITMEAURE Z1 ZOOM FORMat Function Sets queries the zoom display format Syntax ZOOM FORMat MAIN SING1e DUAL TRIad QUAD HEXa ZOOM FORMat Example ZOOM FORMAT SINGLE ZOOM FORMAT gt ZOOM FORMAT SINGLE Description QUAD and HEXA not available on the DL1720E ZOOM MLINkage Mag Linkage Function Enables disables queries zoom ratio linkage Syntax ZOOM MLINKage lt Boolean gt ZOOM MLINKage ZOOM MLINKAGE ON 200M MLINKAGE gt ZOOM MLINKAGE 1 Example ZOOM MAG lt x gt Function Sets the zoom rate of the zoomed waveform or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM MAG lt x gt lt NRf gt ZOOM MAG lt x gt lt gt 1 2 lt NRf gt magnification up to 40 points See the User s Manual Example ZOOM MAG1 2 5 200M MAG1 gt ZOOM MAG1 2 5 ZOOM MODE Function Set
251. ommands in the ACQuire group are used for making settings and queries about acquisition This allows you to make the same settings that you can make using ACQ on the front panel CLOCk COUNt INTerleave REPetitive AVERage INFinity E lt Space gt INTernal E EXTernal Space lt NRf gt INFinity i lt NRf gt ENVelope VERage BAVerage i RLENgth lt Space gt lt NRf gt IM 701730 17E 5 15 spuewwog 5 2 ACQuire Group ACQuire Function Queries all the acquisition settings Syntax ACQuire Example ACQUIRE gt ACQUIRE RLENGTH 1000 MODE NORMAL AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY EWEIGHT 16 ACQUIRE COUNT INFINITY INTERLEAVE 0 REPETITIVE 0 CLOCK INTERNAL ACQuire AVERage Function Queries all the averaging and acquisition count settings Syntax ACQuire AVERage Example ACQUIRE AVERAGE gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY EWEIGHT 16 ACQuire AVERage COUNt Function Sets queries the acquisition count in averaging mode Syntax ACQuire AVERage COUNt NR INFinity ACQuire AVERage COUNt lt NRf gt 2 to 65536 in steps of 2 ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY Example ACQuire AVERage EWEight Exponent WEIGHT Function Sets queries the average weight for infinite averaging mode Syntax ACQuire AVERage EWEight lt NRf gt
252. omputation or queries the current setting 5 66 MEASure Group MEASure Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform parameters 5 70 MEASure AMODe Sets the normal automated measurement of parameters NORMal and the automated measurement of parameters on dual areas AREA2 or queries the current setting 5 71 MEASure CHANnel x lt gt Queries the ON OFF state of every parameter of the waveform 5 72 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt ALL Turns ON OFF collectively the automated measurement parameters of all waveform parameters of the waveform 5 72 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt COPY Copies the ON OFF setting of the automated measurement parameters of waveform parameters of the specified waveform to all other waveforms 5 72 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay Queries all settings related to the delay between waveforms 5 72 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure Queries all settings of the measured waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms 5 72 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt Sets the edge detection count of the measured waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting 5 72 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure SLOPe Sets the slope of the measured waveform in the delay measurement between wavefo
253. oolean gt COMMunicate REMote COMMUNICATE REMOTE ON COMMUNICATE REMOTE gt COMMUNICATE REMOTE 1 Description This is an exclusive command for the USB interface or Ethernet interface option Example COMMunicate STAus Function Queries the circuit status Syntax COMMunicate STATus Example COMMUNICATE STATUS gt COMMUNICATE STATUS 0 Description Status bit meanings are as follows Bit GP IB 0 Unrecoverable transmission error 1 Always 0 2 Always 0 3to Always 0 USB Ethernet interface Always 0 Description Status bit sets when cause occurs and clears when read COMMunicate VERBose Function Determines whther a response to a query is to be returned in full form for example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or in abbreviated form for example CHAN PROB 10 or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate VERBose lt Boolean gt COMMunicate VERBose Example COMMUNICATE VERBOSE ON COMMUNICATE VERBOSE gt COMMUNICTE VERBOSE 1 COMMunicate WAIT Function Waits until one of the specified extended events occurs Syntax COMMunicate WAIT lt Register gt lt Register gt 0 to 65535 Extended event register refer to page 6 4 Example COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535 Description _COMMunicate For a description of the synchronizing method using WAIT refer to page 4 8 COMMunicate WAIT Function Generates a response when one of the specified extended events occurs Syn
254. or queries the current setting 5 91 SEARch SPATtern PSELect Sets the pattern number to which the status criteria pattern is assigned in the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 91 SEARch SPATtern SOURce Sets the search target waveform of the serial pattern search using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 91 SEARch SPOint Sets the search start point of the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 91 SEARch TWINdow Sets the zoom window on which the searched section is displayed using the search amp zoom function or queries the current setting 5 91 5 10 IM 701730 17E 5 1 A List of Commands Command SEARCh TYPE SEARCh WIDTh SEARCh WIDTh HYSTeresis SEARch WIDTh LEVel SEARch WIDTh POLarity SEARch WIDTh SOURce SEARch WIDTh TIME lt x gt SEARCh WIDTh TYPE SNAP Group SNAP SSTARt Group SSTARt STARt Group STARt STATus Group STATus STATus CONDition STATus EESE STATus EESR STATus ERROr STATus FILTer lt x gt STATus QENable STATus QMESsage STATus SPOL1 STOP Group 5 STORe Group STORe STORe SETup lt x gt STORe SETup lt x gt COMMent STORe SETup lt x gt DATE STORe SETup lt x gt EXECute STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK SYSTem Group SYSTem SYSTem BATTery SYSTem CLICk SYSTem CLOCk SYSTem CLOCk D
255. orm data assuming the following configuration Model 701730 Controller PC Pentium4 1 3 GHz OS Windows 2000 Professional Network Adaptor Corega FEther PCI TXL Programming Language Visual C Data Volume Byte Format Word Format ASCII Format 1000 approx 3 9 ms approx 5 0 ms approx 197 2 ms 10000 approx 21 8 ms approx 39 6 ms approx 1 9 s 100000 approx 182 1 ms approx 401 5 ms approx 19 6 s 1000000 approx 1908 8 ms approx 3006 3 ms approx 197 2 s Switching between Remote and Local Mode When Switched from Local to Remote Remote mode is activated when the COdMMunicate REMote ON command is received from a controller while local mode is active REMOTE is displayed on the upper right of the screen All front panel keys except SHIFT CLEAR TRACE can no longer be operated Settings entered in local mode are retained even when switching to remote mode When Switched from Remote to Local Mode Pressing SHIFT CLEAR TRACE in remote mode puts the instrument in local mode However this is not possible when the COMMunicate REMote ON command is received from the computer while Local Lockout mode is active Local mode is activated when the COMMunicate REMote OFF command is received regardless of Local Lockout The REMOTE indicator on the upper right of the screen is turned off All front panel keys are operative Settings entered in remote mode are retained even when switching to local
256. ors in the T Y display CURSor TY MARKer CURSOR TY MARKER gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M2 TRACE 2 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M3 TRACE 3 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M4 TRACE 4 POSITION 3 0000000 5 28 IM 701730 17E 5 8 CURSor Group CURSor TY MARKer DX lt x gt Function Queries the X axis value between the marker cursors in theT Y display Syntax CURSor TY MARKer DX lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER DX1 gt CURSOR TY MARKER DX1 0 0000000E 00 Description When the time base is set to internal clock The query is for the time between the markers in the time domain and the frequency between the markers in the frequency domain When the time bae is set to external clock The number of points between the marker cursors is queried CURSor TY MARKer DY lt x gt Function Queries the physical value of the Y axis difference between the marker cursors in the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY MARKer DY lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER DY2 gt CURSOR TY MARKER DY2 500 00000E 03 Description When the linear scaling is ON he scaled value is queried CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the specified marker cursor Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 gt CURSOR TY
257. pp 4 IM 701730 17E Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 12List of Supported Common Commands Refer to Section 5 35 Common Command Group 13 Condition of Device when Calibration is Successfully Completed Same as the one under which measurements are performed 14 Maximum Length of Block Data which can be Used for Definition of DDT Trigger Macro Not supported 15 Maximum Length of Macro Label Used in Definition of Macro Maximum Length of Block Data which can be Used for Definition of Macro Processing when Recursion is Used in Definition of Macro Macro functions are not supported 16 Response to IDN Refer to Section 5 35 Common Command Group 17 Size of Storage Area for Protected User Data for PUD and PUD PUD and PUD are not supported 18 Length of RDT and RDT Resource Name RDT and RDT are not supported 19 Change in Status Due to RST LRN RCL and SAV RST LRN Refer to Section 5 35 Common Command Group RCL SAV These commands are not supported 20 Execution Range of Self Test Using the TST All the memory tests for each internal memory given in the Self Test menu displayed using MISC can be executed 21 Structure of Extended Return Status Refer to Chapter 6 22 To Find out whether Each Command is Performed in Parallel or Sequentially Refer to Section 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller and to Chapter 5 23 Description of Execution of Each Command Refer to Chapter 5 of this
258. prox 40 0 ms approx 240 0 ms 10000 approx 50 4 ms approx 82 7 ms approx 2 0s 100000 approx 250 8 ms approx 403 2 ms approx 20 0 s 1000000 approx 2166 1 ms approx 3475 1 ms approx 204 6 s Switching between Remote and Local Mode When Switching from Local to Remote Mode If the DL1700E receives CoOMMunicate REMote ON command from the PC when itis in the local mode it switches to the remote mode REMOTE is displayed at the lower left corner of the screen All keys except SHIFT CLEAR TRACE are disabled The settings that existed in the local mode are maintained even when the instrument switches to the remote mode 2 2 IM 701730 17E 2 2 USB Interface Functions and Specifications When Switching from Remote to Local Mode Pressing SHIFT CLEAR TRACE when the instrument is in the remote mode causes the instrument to switch to the local mode However this is void when the DL1700E has received a COMMunicate LOCKout ON command from the PC local lockout condition When the DL1700E receives a COMMunicate REMote OFF command from the PC the DL1700E switches to the local mode regardless of the local lock condition REMOTE indication at the lower right corner disappears Key operations are enabled The settings that existed in the remote mode are maintained even when the instrument switches to the local mode The USB interface cannot be used simultaneously with other communications inte
259. pter 5 223 Too much data Check the data byte length Chapter 5 224 Illegal parameter value Check the setting range Chapter 5 241 Hardware missing Check availability of options 260 Expression error Equation is not allowed 270 Macro error Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 272 Macro execution error Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 273 Illegal macro label Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 275 Macro definition too long Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 276 Macro recursion error Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 277 Macro redefinition not allowed Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 278 Macro header not found Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 Error in Communications Query 400 to 499 Code Message Action Reference Page 410 Query INTERRUPTED Check transmission reception order 4 2 420 Query UNTERMINATED Check transmission reception order 4 2 430 Query DEADLOCKED Limit the length of the program message including 4 2 lt PMT gt to 1024 bytes or less 440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response Do not enter any query after IDN and OPT indefinite response Error in System Operation 912 Code Message Action Reference Pa
260. queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe ALL lt NR gt MATH lt x gt FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE 1 FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE gt FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE 1 FILE SAVE BINary COMPression Function Sets P P compression for saving the waveform data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE BINary COMPression lt Boolean gt FILE SAVE BINary COMPression Example FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION ON FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION gt FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION 1 Description The range of data that is saved is the Main screen Only binary data be compressed FILE SAVE COMMent Function Sets comments or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE COMMent lt Character string gt FILE SAVE COMMent lt Character string gt Up to 25 characters Example FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST FILE SAVE COMMENT gt FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST Description Only the characters and symbols on the keyboard that appear on the instrument s Screen can be used The and u symbols are represented by ASCII codes 1EH and 1FH respectively 5 42 IM 701730 17E 5 10 FILE Group FILE SAVE NAME Function Sets the name of the data file to be saved or queries the current set
261. r XY MARKer POSition lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps CURSOR XY MARKER POSITION 1 CURSOR XY MARKER POSITION gt CURSOR XY MARKER POSITION 1 0000000 Syntax Example CURSor XY MARKer T Function Queries the time value of the marker cursor in the X Y display Syntax CURSOr XY MARKer T Example CURSOR XY MARKER T gt CURSOR XY MARKER T 100 00E 03 CURSor XY MARKer TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the waveform on which to use the marker cursor in the X Y display or quries the current setting DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only CURSor XY MARKer TRACe XY1 XY2 CURSor XY MARKer TRACe CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE gt CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE CURSor XY MARKer X Function Sntax Example Description CURSor XY MARKer Y Queries the X axis position of the marker cursor in the X Y display CURSOr XY MARKer X CURSOR XY MARKER X1 gt CURSOR XY MARKER X 4 5000E 03 When the linear scaling is ON the scaled value is queried Function Queries the Y axis position of the marker cursor in the X Y display 9 Syntax CURSor XY MARKer Y 3 Example CURSOR XY MARKER Y gt 3 CURSOR XY MARKER Y 1 5000E 03 5 Descripton When the linear scaling is ON the scaled value 2 is queried CURSor XY TYPE Function Sets the cursor type of the X Y display or queries the current setting Sy
262. r in the X Y display 5 31 CURSor XY MARKer Y Queries the Y axis position of the marker cursor in the X Y display 5 31 CURSor XY TYPE Sets the cursor type of the X Y display or queries the current setting 5 31 CURSor XY VERTical Queries all settings related to vertical cursors in the X Y display 5 31 CURSor XY VERTical DX Queries the X axis value between the vertical cursors in the X Y display 5 31 CURSor XY VERTical POSition lt x gt Sets the vertical cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting 5 32 CURSor XY VERTical TRACe Sets the waveform on which to use the vertical cursor in the X Y display or queries the current setting DL1735E DL1740E DL1740EL only 5 32 CURSor XY VERTical X lt x gt Queries the X axis position of the vertical cursor in the X Y display 5 32 DISPlay Group DISPlay Queries all settings related to the display 5 35 DISPlay ACCumulate Queries all settings related to the accumulation display 5 35 DISPlay ACCumulate COLor Sets the color grade width or queries the current setting 5 35 DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Sets the accumulation mode or queries the current setting 5 35 DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Sets the accumulation time or queries the current setting 5 35 DISPlay COLor Sets whether to change the screen color using RGB or brightness or queries the current setting 5 35 DISPlay RGB Queries all settings related to the screen color 5 35 DISPlay RGB MENU Queries all sett
263. r queries the current setting 5 115 IM 701730 17E 5 13 spuewwog 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page XY x MODE Sets the display mode or queries the current setting 5 115 XY lt x gt TLINkage Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor 5 115 XY x TRANge Sets the range of the T Y waveform to be used in the X Y display or queries the current setting 5 116 XY lt x gt XAXis Sets the X axis mode Single Dual or queries the current setting 5 116 XY lt x gt XTRace Sets the channel that is to be assigned to the X axis or queries the current setting 5 116 XY lt x gt YTRace Sets the channel that is to be assigned to the Y axis or queries the current setting 5 116 ZOOM Group ZOOM Queries all settings related to the zooming of the waveform 5 118 ZOOM ALLOcation Queries all settings related to the waveform being zoomed 5 118 ZOOM ALLOcation ALL Selects all waveforms to be zoomed 5 118 ZOOM ALLOcation 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt Sets the waveform to be zoomed or queries the current setting 5 118 ZOOM FITMeasure Changes the range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters to the ends of the zoom box 5 118 ZOOM FORMat Sets the zoom waveform display format or queries the current setting 5 118 ZOOM MLINkage Turns the zoom rate link ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 118 ZOOM MAG lt x gt Sets the zoom rate of the zoomed wavefor
264. ransition Filter 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RISE FALL BOTH NEVer Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y YY Y YY Y v ov Extended Event Register 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 STATus EESR The meaning of each bit of the condition register is as follows Bit 0 RUN Running Set to 1 during acquisition Bit 1 HLD Hold Setto 1 for waveforms loaded from a storage medium Bit 2 TRG Awaiting Trigger Set to 1 when waiting for a trigger Bit 3 CAL Calibrating Set to 1 during calibration it 4 TST Testing Set to 1 during self test Bit 5 PRN Printing Setto 1 being stored while the built in printer is in operation data is being output to the external printer USB or network printer or screen image data is Bit 6 ACS Accessing Sets to 1 while the floppy disk drive PC card interface USB strage or network drive is being accessed Bit 7 MES Measuring Set to 1 when automated measurement of waveform parameters or cursor measurement is in progress Bit 8 HST History Search Set to 1 while executing history search Bit 9 SUP Setup Set to 1 during auto setup Bit 10 NGO Go No Go Setto 1 while performing GO NO GO determination Bit 11 SCH Search Set to 1 while executing edge pattern search Bit 12 NSG N Single Setto 1 during single N trigger mode all waveform
265. record length Syntax ACQuire RLENgth NRf ACQuire RLENgth lt NRf gt 1000 to 1000000 DL1720E 1000 to 2000000 DL1735E DL1740E 1000 to 8000000 DL1740EL Example ACQUIRE RLENGTH 1000 ACQUIRE RLENGTH gt ACOUIRE RLENGTH 1000 5 16 IM 701730 17E 5 3 ASETup Group 5 4 CALibrate Group 5 3 ASETup Group The commands in the ASETup group are used for setting and querying auto setup This allows you to make the same settings and queries that you can make using the Auto Setup menu of SETUP on the front panel ASETup ASETup EXECute Function Executes auto setup Syntax ASETup EXECute Example ASETUP EXECUTE 5 4 CALibrate Group ASETup UNDO Function Cancels auto set up settings Syntax ASETup UNDO Example ASETUP UNDO The commands in the CALibrate group are used for setting and querying the calibration This allows you to make the same settings that you can make using the Calibration menu of MISC on the front panel CeO NODE Spaces C TARGet Space lt NRf gt d TIME Space Time MODE Space CALibrate CALibrate DESKew TARGet Function Queries all calibration settings Function Sets the channel on which skew compensation Syntax CALibrate is to be performed or queries the current Example CALIBRATE gt CALIBRATE MODE OFF setting DESKEW MODE 0 TARGET 1 TIME 0 0E 00 Syntax CALibrate DESKe
266. red trademark names The TCP IP software and TCP IP related documentation accompanying this instrument was developed created from the BSD Networking Software Release 1 licensed from the Regents of the University of California Other product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders ist Edition July 2004 2nd Edition July 2007 IM 701730 17E How to Use this Manual Structure of this Manual This User s Manual consists of seven chapters an Appendix and an Index as described below Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Appendix Index Overview of the GP IB Interface Describes the functions and specifications of the GP IB interface Overview of the USB Interface Describes the functions and specifications of the USB interface Overview of the Ethernet Interface Option Describes the functions and specifications of the Ethernet interface Before Programming Describes formats used when sending a command Commands Describes each command Status Report Describes the status byte various registers and queues Sample Programs Sample programs written in Visual BASIC for MS DOS V machines equipped with the following GP IB board PCI GPIB IEEE 488 2 from National Instruments Contains references including the ASCII character code table Provides an index ordered alphabetically IM 701730 17E How to Use this Manual Con
267. renes 5 53 SAG OP Y Oe 5 53 iicet coti teen tees 5 54 NETprint TYPE enne 5 54 NETpriri 1 iioc center reet 5 54 PRINTO MAG nineteenth 5 54 255 5 54 PRINter BEPoOrt iir timete rt eene 5 54 PRINter TLINkage 5 54 5 54 PRINTER m eem rere s 5 54 HISTory Group ABORI DIS PIA T js o EXECute MISTO a M 5 57 PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDItION PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURCE PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt lt gt 5 58 PARameter ITEM lt x gt PARameter LOGic PARameter TLINkage 5 58 PARameter TRANge SLIME 23i eie Et EH 5 59 ZZONE EDIT x CONDition 22 22 5 59 ZZONE EDIT x HORizontal 5 59 lt gt 5 00 2 5 59 lt gt 2 2 222 2 5 59 2 uana nene 5 59 IMAGe Group ABORT uana
268. requency gt gt lt Frequency gt AVGPeriod lt Space gt 1 lt lt gt BWIDth lt gt Space 4 lt gt o _ lt Time gt DELay Space x Time 4 Time temp Space feFrequency gt Frequency gt Space Voltage ji 9 NRf lt NRf gt lt Space gt NRf O NRI CUm 1 0 DH cms Cram cram 9 IM 701730 17E 5 55 5 13 HISTory Group Cm laa TLINKage TRANge Space NRI NR 28 O gt C O CONDition Space IN 100 EDIT HORizontal Space 1 4 O SOURce Space VERTical Space NRf NRf LOGic gt CEE When the target channel is set to the current probe becomes lt Current gt 5 56 IM 701730 17E 5 13 HISTory Group HISTory Function Queries all settings related to the history memory function Syntax HISTory Example HISTORY HISTORY RECORD 0 DMODE ONE DISPLAY 0 127 SMODE OFF ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL
269. ressing SHIFT CLEAR TRACE in remote mode puts the instrument in local mode However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller page 1 6 The REMOTE indicator on the upper right of the screen is turned off All front panel keys are operative Settings entered in remote mode are retained Note The GP IB interface cannot be used simultaneously with other communications interfaces USB or Ethernet IM 701730 17E gi d5 JO 1 4 GP IB Interface Specifications 1 4 GP IB Interface Specifications GP IB Interface Specifications Data Transfer Rate Electrical and Mechanical Specifications Interface Functions Protocol Code Mode Address Setting Remote Mode Clear Conforms to IEEE Standard 488 1978 Refer to the table below Conforms to IEEE Standard 488 2 1992 ISO ASCII code Addressable mode Addresses 0 to 30 can be selected from the GP IB setting screen displayed when you press the MISC key Remote mode can be cleared by pressing SHIFT key CLEAR TRACE key However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller Interface Functions Function Subset Name Description Source Handshaking SH1 Full source handshaking capability Acceptor Handshaking AH1 Full acceptor handshaking capability Talker T6 Basic talker capability serial polling untalk on MLA My Listen Address no
270. resumed by discarding the response message No dead lock will occur if the size of the program message including the PMT is kept below 1024 bytes Furthermore no deadlock will occur if the program message does not contain a query 4 2 IM 701730 17E 4 2 Commands 4 2 Commands There are three types of command program header which can be sent from the controller to this instrument They differ in the format of their program headers They are Common command header Compound header Simple header Common Command Header Commands defined in IEEE 488 2 1987 are called common commands The header format of a common command is shown below An asterisk must always be attached to the beginning of a command lt gt HE An example of a common command CLS Compound Header Commands designed to be used only with this instrument are classified and arranged in a hierarchy according to their function The format of a compound header is illustrated below A colon must be used when specifying a lower level header lt gt example of a compound header ACQuire MODE Simple Header These commands headers are functionally independent of each other and are not arranged hierarchically The format of a simple header is shown below E ss is An example of simple header STARt Note A mnemonic is a character string made
271. rface GP IB or Ethernet IM 701730 17E asn H 2 3 Connection via the USB Interface 2 3 Connection via the USB Interface Connector and Signal Names 2 1 LAN ZN 3 4 Pin No Signal Name 1 VBUS 5 V 2 D Data 3 D Data 4 GND Ground Connection Precautions Connect the USB cable by inserting the connector firmly into the USB connector When connecting multiple devices using USB hubs connect the instrument to the USB hub that is closest to the controller Do not mistakenly insert the USB cable to the GO NO GO output terminal This may cause damage to the instrument Do not connect disconnect the USB cable to from the instrument during the period between the time power is turned ON and operation becomes possible approximately 20 to 30 seconds This may cause damage to theinstrument 2 4 IM 701730 17E 2 4 Setting up this Instrument USB 2 4 Setting up this Instrument USB Procedure Selecting the Communication Interface 1 Press MISC The MISC menu appears 2 Press the Remote Control soft key The Remote Cntl menu appears init Network susten lveruieu Next Control Conf ig 172 3 Press the Device soft key to select USB emote Cnt MISC Device j Address GP IB 1 enote Cnt MISC GP IB U
272. rm DATaselect Function Sets whether to use the ACQ data or P P data when querying the waveform that is specified with the wAVeform TRACe command queries the current setting WAVeform DATaselect ACQData PPData WAVeform DATaselect WAVEFORM DATASELECT ACQDATA WAVEFORM DATASELECT gt WAVEFORM DATASELECT ACQDATA Syntax Example WAVeform END Function Sets queries the point at which the last item of data of the waveform designated by WAVeform TRACe is to be located WAVeform END lt NRf gt WAVeform END lt NRf gt 0 to 1001999 DL1720E 0 to 2003999 DL1735E DL1740E 0 to 8015999 DL1740EL WAVEFORM END 1001 WAVEFORM END gt WAVEFORM END 1001 You can query total data length points with the WAVeform LENgth command Syntax Example Description WAVe form FORMat Function Sets queries the format in which the data is to be transmitted WAVeform FORMat ASCii BYTE WORD WAVeform FORMat WAVEFORM FORMAT ASCII WAVEFORM FORMAT gt WAVEFORM FORMAT ASCII For information on the different formats selected with this command refer to the Description section of WAVeform SEND Syntax Example Description WAVeform LENGth Function Queries the number of records total number of data points in the waveform designated by WAVeform TRACe WAVeform LENGth WAVEFORM LENGTH gt WAVEFORM LENGTH 1002 Syntax Example WAVeform OFFSet
273. rms or queries the current setting 5 72 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence Queries all settings of the reference waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms 5 73 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt Sets the edge detection count of the reference waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting 5 73 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence SLOPe Sets the slope of the reference waveform in the delay measurement between waveforms or queries the current setting 5 73 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence SOURce Sets the reference of the delay measurement between waveforms to the trigger point or the waveform or queries the current setting 5 73 IM 701730 17E 5 7 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page MEASure CHANnel lt x gt IMATH lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt 1 lt gt lt
274. s FORE LINE SELect SHAD seen 5 35 BGB MENU aet 5 35 RGB OTHers CURSor GRID MARKer SNAP ZONESXS Lid qid o ele Ces 5 36 RGB OTHers 5 35 5 36 5 35 2 5 37 5 36 RGB WAVeform TRGB mecs SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt ISVALUG iie RE rne 5 37 PMLA Bell ss UUNUI NE 5 37 TRANSIGON pinsaia 5 37 RGB WAVeform CHANnel lt x gt BACK MATH lt x gt 5 36 FILE Group DELete ASCii BINary BMP FLOat JPEG MEASure PNGP a ihn eee So ea ere tee eee eee 5 41 DIBeCty soccer t pene ke nie 5 41 FILE 2 2 2 2 5 41 FORMat EXEOCute 5 41 LOAD BlNary SETup SNAP ABORIt 5 41 LOAD BlNary SETup SNAP EXECute 2 5 41 LOAD SNAP PLANe eese 5 42 SLOAD SNAP 5 41 LOAD itte ee tere etie ego 5 41 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP ABOR cece crit ata ieee earn tastes 5 42 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP EXE rire epa ato el ai 5 42 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory wi 5 42 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat SAVE ANAMing SAVE BINary COMPression SAVE COMMent
275. s Long Dim timeout As Long Dim sts As Long address 1 eos TERM LF eot SET TRUE timeout 100 sts TmInitialize 1 address Dev If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev InitGpib 1 Exit Function End If sts TmDeviceClear Dev If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev InitGpib 1 GoTo PostProcces End If sts TmSetTerm Dev eos eot If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev InitGpib 1 GoTo PostProcces End If sts TmSetTimeout Dev timeout If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev InitGpib 1 GoTo PostProcces End If InitGpib 0 Exit Function PostProcces Call CloseDevice End Function Private Function InitUsb As Long Dim id As String Dim eos As Long Dim eot As Long Dim timeout As Long Dim sts As Long id 1 eos TERM LF eot SET TRUE timeout 100 sts TmInitialize 3 id Dev If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev InitUsb 1 Exit Function End If sts TmSetTerm Dev eos eot If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev InitUsb 1 GoTo PostProcces End If sts TmSetTimeout Dev timeout If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev InitUsb 1 GoTo PostProcces End If InitUsb 0 Exit Function Start Flag Device ID Query String WaveData Buffer GPIB GPIB Address EOS EOI Timeout Address 1 Terminator LF EOI Enable Timeout 10s GPIB Initialize GPIB Address 1 GPIB De
276. s the current setting 5 98 Queries the SNTP dettings 5 98 Execute date and time setting per SNTP server 5 98 Sets queries the difference from Greenwich mean time 5 98 Sets the time or queries the current setting 5 98 Sets queries the date and time setting method 5 98 Sets the message language or queries the current setting 5 98 Queries all settings related to the LCD monitor 5 98 IM 701730 17E gt 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page SYSTem LCD AUTO Queries all settings related to the LCD backlight auto off function 5 98 SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Turns the LCD backlight ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 98 SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME Sets the time for the LCD backlight auto off function or queries the current setting 5 99 SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness Sets the brightness of the LCD monitor or queries the current setting 5 99 SYSTem LCD MODE Turns the LCD backlight ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 99 SYSTem MLANGuage Sets the menu language or queries the current setting 5 99 SYSTem OCANcel Offset Cancel Sets whether or not to reflect the offset voltage to the measured results or the computed results or queries the current setting 5 99 SYSTem OVERView Displays the system information 5 99 SYSTem SINFormation Display setting parameters 5 99 SYSTem TGATe Sets the external trigger gate or queries the current setting 5 99 SYSTem USBKEYBoard Sets the USB keyboard type or queri
277. s the storage medium for the file used to save the screen image data Syntax IMAGe SAVE DRIVe FLOPpy ZIP PCCard lt NRf gt SCSI NRf NRf NETWork USB NR lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt of PCCard Partitions 0 to 3 USB s initial lt NRf gt USB address USB s 2nd lt NRf gt partition 0 to 3 or LUN logical unit number 0 to 3 USB s 3rd lt NRF gt partition 0 to 3 when LUN specified for 2nd lt NRf gt IMAGE SAVE DRIVE FLOPPY IMAGE SAVE DRIVE gt IMAGE SAVE DRIVE FLOPPY Description Ifthe drive does not contain partitions omit the lt NRf gt corresponding to partitions NETWork can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed USB s 2nd and 3rd lt NRf gt can be omitted when not delimited by partitions or LUN Example IMAGe SAVE NAME Function Sets the name of the file to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe SAVE NAME Filename IMAGe SAVE NAME Example IMAGE SAVE NAME DISP 1 IMAGE SAVE NAME gt IMAGE SAVE NAME DISP 1 IMAGe SEND Function Queries screen image data Syntax IMAGe SEND Example IMAGE SEND 6 number of bytes 6 digit value Data byte string Block data Description Number of bytes in block data is 2 6 Number of data 1 delimiter For information about block data refer to page 4 6 IMAGe TONE Function Sets queries the color tone of
278. s the zoom waveform display mode or queries the current setting Syntax 200M MODE 21 MAIN 72 71 Z2 Z1 72 71 72 ZOOM MODE Example ZOOM MODE MAIN Z1 Z2 ZOOM MODE gt ZOOM MODE MAIN Z1 72 200M PLINkage Position Linkage Function Turns the link ON OFF when moving the zoom box or queries the current setting Syntax 200M PLINkage Boolean ZOOM PLINkage Example ZOOM PLINKAGE ON ZOOM PLINKAGE gt ZOOM PLINKAGE 1 ZOOM POSition lt x gt Function Sets queries the zoom box position Syntax ZOOM POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt ZOOM POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div in steps of 10 div display record length Example ZOOM POSITION1 2 ZOOM POSITION1 gt 200 5 1 2 00E 00 5 118 IM 701730 17E 5 34 Common Command Group 5 34 Common Command Group The commands in the common command group are independent of the instrument s functions and are specified in IEEE 488 2 1987 There is no front panel key that corresponds to this group CAL CLS ESE lt Space gt lt NRf gt ESR 2 LRN OPC OPT oe T PSC j Space RST lt NRf gt M T SRE lt gt lt NRf gt 7 STB 660 TST
279. sage Eight data lines are used to transmit a message Multi line messages are classified as follows Address Commands Valid when the equipment is designated as a listener or a talker The following five address commands are available Commands valid for equipment designated as a listener GTL Go To Local SDC Selected Device Clear PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger Command valid for equipment designated as a talker TCT Take ConTrol Universal Commands Valid for any item of equipment irrespective of whether the item is designated as a listener or a talker The following five universal commands are available LLO Local LockOut DCL Device CLear PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure SPE Serial Poll Enable SPD Serial Poll Disable In addition to the above commands a listener address talker address on secondary command can be sent in an interface message Interface Messages Multi Line Messages r Uni Line Messages Address Universal Command Command REN IDY GTL LLO SDC DCL PPC PPU GET SPE TCT SPD Listerner Talker Secondary Address Address Command Messages marked with are interface messages supported by the DL17200E Note Differences between SDC and DCL The SDC command is an address command and requires that both the talker and listener be
280. scription When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value or queries the current setting Example MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt METHod Function Sets the high and low levels of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt METHod AUTO MAXMin MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt METHod x of CHANnel x 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD AUTO Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Parameter Function Queries the settings related to the waveform parameter of the waveform Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt Parameter x of CHANnel x 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E x of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt Parameter gt AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TY1lInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 1 Example 5 74 IM 701730 17E 5 17 MEASure Group MEASure
281. set to 00000100 i e the error queue is not empty an error has occurred The status byte register will be cleared even if a query is made using STB For details of the status byte register refer to page 6 2 TST Function Executes self test and queries the result The self test involves internal memory tests Syntax TST Example TST gt 0 Description 0 is returned if the self test is successful 1 if it is not WAI WAIt Function Waits for the command following WAI until execution of the designated overlap command is completed Syntax WAI Example WAI Description For a description of the synchronization method using WAT refer to page 4 8 Designation of overlap commands can be performed using COMMunicate OPSE IM 701730 17E 5 121 spuewwog Hu 6 1 Overview of the Status Report Chapter 6 Status Report 6 1 Overview of the Status Report The figure below shows the status report which is read by a serial poll This is an extended version of the one specified in IEEE 488 2 1992 71615141312 1 0 Service Request Enable Register gt 00 lt 1 Qo MSS 7 6 ESBMAV EES AV 1 0 status Byte RGS I Y Occurrence of a Service
282. setting STORe SETup lt x gt COMMent lt Character string gt STORe SETup lt x gt COMMent lt x gt 1 to 3 Character string Within 8 characters STORE SETUP1 COMMENT WAVE1 STORE SETUP1 COMMENT STORE SETUP1 COMMENT WAVE1 Syntax Example STORe SETup lt x gt DATE Function Queries the date and time for the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory at the specified number Syntax STORe SETup lt x gt DATE x 1 to 3 Example STORE SETUP1 DATE gt STORE SETUP1 DATE 04 07 04 17 30 34 STORe SETup lt x gt EXECute Function Saves the setting parameters to the internal memory at the specified number Syntax STORe SETup lt x gt EXECute lt gt 1 to 3 Example STORE SETUP1 EXECUTE STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK Function Turns ON OFF the protection for the setting parameters that are stored to the internal memory at the specified number or queries the current setting STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK Boolean STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK lt gt 1 to 3 STORE SETUP1 LOCK ON STORE SETUP1 LOCK gt STORE SETUP1 LOCK 1 Syntax Example 5 96 IM 701730 17E 5 28 SYSTem Group 5 28 SYSTem Group The commands in the SYSTem group are used to make settings and queries about the system The same settings can be made using the System Config menu obtained when MISC on the front panel is pressed ONETO
283. sition You can set query the trigger position using the TRIGger POSition command Syntax Example Description TRIGger HOLDoff Function Queries all settings related to the hold off Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff Example TRIGGER HOLDOFF gt TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 80 0E 09 TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Function Sets the hold off time or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff TIME lt time gt TRIGger HOLDoff TIME lt time gt 80 ns to 10 s Example TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 80NS TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME gt TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 80 0E 09 TRIGger MODE Function Sets the trigger mode or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger MODE AUTO ALEVe1 NORMal SING1le NSINgle TRIGger MODE Example TRIGGER MODE AUTO TRIGGER MODE gt TRIGGER MODE AUTO Description Use the TRIGger SCOunt command to query the count when NSINgle is selected TRIGger OR Function Queries all settings related to the OR trigger Syntax TRIGger OR Example TRIGGER OR gt TRIGGER OR WINDOW 0 CHANNEL1 OFF CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF TRIGger OR CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the edge of the OR trigger of each channel or queries the current setting TRIGger OR CHANnel lt x gt OFF RISE FALL IN OUT TRIGger OR CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E The following example is for CH1 TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1
284. skip function or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger TV LEVel Sets the trigger level or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger TV LINE Sets the line or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger TV POLarity Sets the input polarity or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger TV TYPE Sets the trigger input type or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger TYPE Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger WIDTh Queries all settings related to the pulse width trigger 5 110 TRIGger WIDTh CHANnel x Sets the trigger condition of each channel or queries the current setting 5 110 TRIGger WIDTh CONDition Sets the trigger condition or queries the current setting 5 111 TRIGger WIDTh TIME lt x gt Sets the pulse width or queries the current setting 5 111 TRIGger WIDTh TLINkage Turns the link ON OFF when changing the pulse width for the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting 5 111 TRIGger WIDTh TYPE Sets the criteria type of the pulse width or queries the current setting 5 111 TRIGger WIDTh WINDow Turns the window ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 111 WAVeform Group WAVeform Queries all information related to the waveform data 5 112 WAVeform BITS Queries the bit length of the specified waveform data 5 112 WAVeform BYTeorder Sets the transmission byte order or queries the current setting 5 113 WAVeform DATaselect Sets whether to use the ACQ data or P P data when querying the wa
285. t TRIGger POSition lt NRf gt 0 to 100 95 0 1 steps TRIGGER POSITION 50 TRIGGER POSITION gt TRIGGER POSITION 50 000 Example TRIGger SCOunt Single N Count Function Sets the number of times the trigger is activated when the trigger mode is set to Single N or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt 1 to 2048 TRIGGER SCOUNT 100 TRIGGER SCOUNT gt TRIGGER SCOUNT 100 Example TRIGger SIMPle Function Queries all settings related to the simple trigger Syntax TRIGger SIMPle Example TRIGGER SIMPLE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 SLOPE RISE COUPLING DC HFREJECTION OFF HYSTERESIS LOW TRIGger SIMPl1e COUPling Function Sets the trigger coupling for the simple trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle COUPling AC DC TRIGger SIMPle COUPling TRIGGER SIMPLE COUPLING DC TRIGGER SIMPLE COUPLING gt TRIGGER SIMPLE COUPLING DC Description Setting Querying is not possible when the trigger source is set to EXTernal or LINE Example TRIGger SIMPle HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Turns the low pass filter HF rejection for the trigger signal ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle HFRejection OFF lt Frequency gt TRIGger SIMPle HFRejection lt Frequency gt 20 MHz 15 kHz TRIGGER
286. t TRIGGER TV FIELD DONTCARE TRIGger TV FRAMe Function Sets the frame skip function of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TV FRAMe lt NRf gt TRIGger TV FRAMe lt NRf gt 1 2 4 or 8 Example TRIGGER TV FRAME 2 TRIGGER TV FRAME gt TRIGGER TV FRAME 2 TRIGger TV LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TV LEVel lt NRf gt TRIGger TV LEVel lt NRf gt 0 1 to 2 div 0 1 div steps Example TRIGGER TV LEVEL 0 1 TRIGGER TV LEVEL gt TRIGGER TV LEVEL 0 1 TRIGger TV LINE Function Sets the line on which to activate the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TV LINE lt NRf gt TRIGger TV LINE lt NRf gt 5 to 1054 for NTSC 2 to 1251 for PAL or SECam 2 to 2251 other than NTSC PAL or SECam 8 to 2251 for 480 60P TRIGGER TV LINE 5 TRIGGER TV LINE gt TRIGGER TV LINE 5 Example TRIGger TV POLarity Function Sets the TV trigger s input polarity or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TV POLarity POSitive NEGative TRIGger TV POLarity Example TRIGGER TV POLARITY POSITIVE TRIGGER TV POLARITY gt TRIGGER TV POLARITY POSITIVE sTRIGger TV TYPE Function Sets the TV trigger s input type or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TV TYPE NTSC PAL SECam SF1080 24 11080 50 11080 60 1080 24 1080 25
287. t setting 5 65 MATH lt x gt FFT Queries all settings related to the FFT 5 65 MATH lt x gt FFT POINts Sets the number of points for the FFT or queries the current setting 5 65 MATH lt x gt FFT SPOint Sets the start point of the FFT or queries the current setting 5 65 MATH x FFT WINDow Sets the window function of the FFT or queries the current setting 5 65 MATH x INTegral Queries all settings related to integration 5 65 MATH x INTegral SPOint Sets the start point of the integration or queries the current setting 5 65 MATH lt x gt LABel Sets the label of the computation waveform or queries the current setting 5 66 MATH lt x gt OPERation Sets the type of computation or queries the current setting 5 66 MATH lt x gt SCALe Queries all settings related to the scale conversion for normal computation 5 66 lt gt SCALe CENTer Sets the center value of the scale conversion for normal computation or 3 queries the current setting 5 66 i lt gt SCALe MODE Sets the scale conversion method for normal computation or queries the Li current setting 5 66 o MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity Sets the span from the center of the scale conversion for normal computation or queries the current setting 5 66 MATH lt x gt SMOothing Turns smoothing ON OFF for normal computation or queries the current setting 5 66 MATH lt x gt UNIT Sets the unit to be added to the computed result for normal c
288. t Function End If msg CHANNEL DISPLAY ON sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg CHANNEL PROBE 10 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg CHANNEL VDIV 500mv sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL RLENGTH 1000 1000 sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If Initialize GPIB Get Measure Function Device Close Command buffer Query biffer Acquisition Stop Query Header Off for Get V div Measure Off CRI On 1 Probe 10 1 1 V div 500mv Acquisition mode NORMAL length IM 701730 17E 7 11 uig1604d ies 7 6 Sets Queries Measure Value msg TIMEBASE TDIV 100ms sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL 500mv sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 PTOPEAK STATE ON sts TmSend Dev msg If sts CTL OK Then Call DisplayError Dev GetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE ON sts
289. t register in the status byte STATus EESR is used to clear the extended event register The SRE command is used to generate a service request caused solely by the extended event register WAVeform SEND will not be executed until a service request is generated BuruiureJ804d 940Jog Using the coMMunicate WAIT Command The COMMunicate WAIT command halts communications until a specific event is generated Example STATus FILTerl FALL STATus EESR TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt Response to STATus EESR is decoded COMMunicate WAIT 1 WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt For a description of STATus FILTerl FALL and STATus EESR refer to Using the extended event register on this page COMMunicate WAIT 1 means that communications is halted until bit O of the extended event register is setto 1 IM 701730 17E 4 9 5 1 A List of Commands Chapter 5 Commands 5 1 AList of Commands Command Function Page ACQuire Group ACQuire Queries all settings related to waveform acquisition 5 16 ACQuire AVERage Queries all settings related to averaging 5 16 ACQuire AVERage COUNt Sets the number of waveform acquisitions during averaging or queries the current setting 5 16 ACQuire AVERage EWEight Sets the attenuation constant for exponential averaging or queries the current setting 5 16 ACQuire CLOCk Sets the time base or queries the current setting 5 16 ACQuire COUNt Sets the
290. talk only capability Listener L4 Basic listener capability unlisten on MTA My Talk Address no listen only capability Service Request SR1 Full service request capability Remote Local RL1 Full remote local capability Parallel Poll PPO No parallel polling capability Device Clear DC1 Full device clear capability Device Trigger DTO No device trigger capability Controller CO No controller function Electrical Characteristic E1 Open collector The table below shows approximate response times for output of waveform data assuming the following configuration Model 701730 Controller GB IB Board NI PCI GPIB Programming Language Visual C PC Pentium4 12 3 GHz OS Windows 2000 Professional Data Volume Byte Format Word Format ASCII Format 1000 approx 62 7 ms approx 68 9 ms approx 458 ms 10000 approx 109 6 ms approx 156 3 ms approx 4 5 s 100000 approx 646 2 ms approx 1216 4 ms approx 45 3 s 1000000 approx 6268 1 ms approx 11720 0 ms approx 452 7 s IM 701730 17E 1 5 Setting up this Instrument GP IB 1 5 Setting up this Instrument GP IB Procedure Selecting the Communication Interface 1 Press MISC The MISC menu appears 2 Press the Remote Control soft key The Remote Cntl menu appears init Netuork susten pes Next Control Conf ig 172 3 Press the Device soft key to select GP IB emote Cnt MISC
291. tax COMunicate WAIT lt Register gt lt Register gt 0 to 65535 Extended event register refer to page 6 4 Example COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535 gt 1 Operation pending status register overlap enable register HAHA 0101010 JSCH HST 0 JACSIPRN 0 0 0 0 When bit 5 PRN 1 Printer operation not completed When bit 6 ACS 1 Medium not accessed When bit 8 HST 1 History search not completed When bit 11 SCH 1 Edge pattern search not completed 5 24 IM 701730 17E 5 8 CURSor Group 5 8 CURSor Group The commands in the CURSor grou are used to make cursor measurement settings and queries This allows you to make the same settings that you can make using CURSOR on the front panel A CURSor POSition RVALue Space cC n s Romina OO _ cl TYPE Space HORizontal ai VERTical zl DEGRee HAVertical IM 701730 17E 5 25 5 8 CURSor Group CD O D gt am 9 xv2 9 9 O yA Quasi O gt ex 9 C O 9 O yA Onn CDO POSition x Space 1 4 TRACe lt
292. te is set to 1 when any of the bits in this register becomes 1 or when the corresponding bit of the standard event enable register becomes 1 Examples 1 A query error occurs 2 Bit 2 QYE is set to 1 3 Bit 5 ESB of the status byte is set to 1 if bit 2 of the standard event enable register is 1 It is also possible to check what type of event has occurred inside the instrument by reading the contents of the standard event register 6 4 Extended Event Register Reading from the Standard Event Register The contents of the standard event register can be read by the ESR command After completion of the read out the register will be cleared Clearing the Standard Event Register The standard event register is cleared in the following three cases When the contents of the standard event register are read using ESR When the CLS command is received When power is turned ON again Reading the extended event register tells you whether changes in the condition register reflecting internal conditions have occurred A filter can be applied which allows you to decide which events are reported to the extended event register FILTer lt x gt gt 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Condition Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 716151413121 0 STATus CONDition FFT INI NSG SCH NGO SUP HST MES ACS PRN TST CAL TRG HLD RUN 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y T
293. ter TONE Function Sets the half tone when printing using an external printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Boolean HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Example HCOPY EXTPRINTER ON HCOPY EXTPRINTER HCOPY EXTPRINTER TONE 1 HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE Function Sets the type of output commands to send to the external printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE BJ NR ESCP LIPS PCL5 ESCP2 ESCPR HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE lt NRf gt 180 300 360 or 600 dpi HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE BJ 360 HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE gt HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE BJ 360 Description lt NRf gt is specified only when the type is set to BJ ESCPR can be used on products with firmware version 2 50 or later In the menu this function applies to firmware version 2 45 or later Example NETprint Function Queries all settings related to printing using a network printer Syntax HCOPy NETPrint Example HCOPY NETPRINT HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE POSTSCRIPT TONE 1 Description Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed Function Sets the half tone when printing using a network printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy NETPrint TONE Boolean HCOPy NETPrint TONE Example HCOPY NETPRINT TONE HCOPY NETPRINT TONE gt HCOPY NETPRINT TONE 1 Description be used
294. the BMP TIFF format of the screen image data to save Syntax IMAGe TONE COLor OFF REVerse GRAY IMAGe TONE IMAGE TONE COLOR gt IMAGE TONE COLOR Example 5 62 IM 701730 17E 5 15 INITialize Group 5 15 INITialize Group The commands in the INITialize group are related to initializing You can make the same settings using the Initialize menu of SETUP on the front panel OA 3 INITialize EXECute Function Executes initializing Syntax INITialize EXECute Example INITIALIZE EXECUTE INITialize UNDO Function Nullifies initializing Syntax INITialize UNDO Example INITIALIZE UNDO IM 701730 17E 5 63 Hu 5 16 MATH Group 5 16 MATH Group The commands in the MATH group are used to make settings and queries about computation You can make the same settings that you can make using MATH on the front panel os CDEC cc EN pases e RECTE Cri SCALe Space Space UNIT p Space lt character string gt 2 When the target channel is set to the current probe becomes lt Current gt 5 64 IM 701730 17E 5 16 MATH Group lt gt Function Queries all settings relating to computation Syntax lt gt lt gt 1 2 1 on the
295. the edge of each channel or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger OR WINDow Turns the window ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger PATTern Queries all settings related to the pattern trigger 5 107 TRIGger PATTern CHANnel lt x gt Sets the state of each channel or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger PATTern CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel 5 107 TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SLOPe Sets the slope of the clock channel or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SOURce Sets the clock channel or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger PATTern CONDition Sets the trigger condition or queries the current setting 5 108 TRIGger POSition Sets the trigger position or queries the current setting 5 108 TRIGger SCOunt Sets the number of times the trigger is activated when the trigger mode is set to Single N or queries the current setting 5 108 5 12 IM 701730 17E 5 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger SIMPle Queries all settings related to the simple trigger 5 108 TRIGger SIMPle COUPling Sets the trigger coupling or queries the current setting 5 108 TRIGger SIMPle HFRejection Turns the low pass filter HF rejection ON OFF or queries the current setting 5 108 TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis on the search level or queries the current setting 5 108 TRIGger SIMPle LEVel Sets the trigger level of the spec
296. ting Syntax FILE SAVE NAME Filename FILE SAVE NAME Example FILE SAVE NAME CASEI FILE SAVE NAME gt FILE SAVE NAME CASE1 FILE UNLoad Function Queries all settings related to clearing the loaded data Syntax FILE UNLoad Example FILE UNLOAD FILE UNLOAD BINARY TRACE 1 SNAP PLANE 1 FILE UNLoad BINary SNAP Queries all setting related to the unloading of various data that has been loaded FILE UNLoad BINary SNAP FILE UNLOAD BINARY gt FILE UNLOAD BINARY TRACE 1 Function Syntax Example FILE UNLoad BINary SNAP EXECute Executes the unloading of the various data that has been loaded This is an overlap command FILE UNLoad BINary SNAP Function Syntax Example EXECute FILE UNLOAD BINARY EXECUTE FILE UNLoad BINary TRACe Of the data that has been loaded sets the waveform to be unloaded or queries the current Function Syntax Example setting FILE UNLoad BINary TRACe ALL NR MATH lt x gt FILE UNLoad BINary TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E FILE UNLOAD BINARY TRACE 1 FILE UNLOAD BINARY TRACE gt FILE UNLOAD BINARY TRACE 1 FILE UNLoad SNAP PLANe Of the snapshot waveform that has been loaded sets the plane number to be unloaded or queries the current setting Function Syntax Example FILE UNLoad SNAP lt NRf gt 1
297. ting the controller such as a PC with the USB cable For information on how to connect the USB cable refer to page 2 4 DL1720E IM 701730 17E 2 1 gsn H 2 2 USB Interface Functions and Specifications 2 2 USB Interface Functions and Specifications Reception Function You can specify the same settings as those specified by front panel key operations Receives output requests for measured and computed data setting parameters of the panel and error codes Transmission Function Outputs measured and computed data Outputs setting parameters of the panel and the status byte Outputs error codes that are generated USB Interface Specifications Electrical and Mechanical Specifications Conforms to USB Rev 1 0 Connector Type B connector receptacle Number of Ports 1 Power Supply Self powered Supported Systems PC system supported Models with a standard USB port that operates on Windows 98 SE Windows Me Windows 2000 or Windows XP a separate device driver is required for connection to the PC Data Transfer Rate The table below shows approximate response times for output of waveform data assuming the following configuration Model 701730 Controller PC Pentium4 1 3GHz USB1 1 OS Windows2000 Professional GB IB Board NI AT GPIB TNT PNP Programming Language Visual C Data Volume Byte Format Word Format ASCII Format 1000 approx 39 9 ms ap
298. tio of the specified channel or queries the current setting PRESet CHANnel lt x gt PROBe lt NRf gt PRESet CHANnel x PROBe lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 10 100 1000 PRESET CHANNEL1 PROBE 1 PRESET CHANNEL1 PROBE gt PRESET CHANNEL1 PROBE 1 Sets the specified preset or queries the current setting PRESet CHANnel lt x gt TYPE ECL TTL ECL USERdef ine PRESet CHANnel lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E PRESET CHANNEL1 TYPE USERDEFINE PRESET CHANNEL1 TYPE gt PRESET CHANNEL1 TYPE USERDEFINE spuewwogdg PRESet CHANnel lt x gt USERdefine Function Syntax Example Queries all preset values when using user type presets PRESet CHANnel lt x gt USERdefine lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E PRESET CHANNEL1 USERDEFINE gt PRESET CHANNEL 1 USERDEFINE VDIV 50 000E 00 LEVEL 0 0E 00 OFFSET 0 0E 00 PRESet CHANnel lt x gt USERdefine LEVel Function Syntax Example Description Sets the preset value of the user type trigger level or queries the current setting PRESet CHANNEL lt x gt USERdefine LEVel lt voltage gt PRESet CHANNEL lt x gt USERdefine LEVel lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt voltage gt 8 div on the screen 0 01 div steps PRESET CHANNEL 1 USERDEFINE LEVEL 0V PRESET CHANNEL 1 USERDEFINE LEVEL gt PRESET CHANNEL1 USERDEFIN
299. to 4 FILE UNLOAD SNAP FILE UNLOAD SNAP FILE UNLOAD SNAP PLANe ALL lt NR gt FILE UNLoad SNAP PLANe PLANE ALL PLANE gt PLANE ALL IM 701730 17E 5 43 5 11 GONogo Group 5 11 GONogo Group The commands in the GONogo group deal with the GO NO GO determination These commands can be used to make the same settings and inquiries as when GO NO GO on the front panel is pressed Ca C O ABORt O C9 C r IMAGe Space C Der Cae Co Space lt NRf gt 9 2 C O EXECute Hee 0 LOGic Space 25 lt NRf gt 5 44 IM 701730 17E 5 11 GONogo Group AVERage Space Voltage 2 Voltage AV GPeriod DONTcare Frequency O Frequency Space 9 Time DONTcare BWIDth e lt Space DONTcare DONTcare DUTYcycle Space DONTcare Time DONTcare Space Space lt NRf gt DONTcare Time NRf DONTcare Time DONTcare DONTcare REQuency Space Frequency DONTcare Frequency DONTcare 2 2 NWIDth Space Space Voltage DONTcare lt NRf gt
300. to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 SOURCE 1 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 SOURCE gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 SOURCE 1 Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the desired search zone HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical Function Sets the vertical position of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical NRf NRf HISTory ZONE EDIT x VERTical lt gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 10 div displayed record length steps in the order left and right Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 VARTICAL 2 2 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 VARTICAL gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 VARTICAL 2 0000000 2 0000000 Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the desired search zone HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CENTer Function Sets the vertical position of the left and right vertices of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CENTer lt NRf gt HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CENTer lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 0 to 100 0 0 1 steps Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CENTER 50 0 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CENTER gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CENTER 50 0 IM 701730 17E 5 59 5 13 HISTory Group HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt LVERtex Function Syntax Example Sets the horizontal position of the left
301. to the instrument is cut If the login name is anonymous it is not necessary to enter a password When changing the user name password timeout time or TCP IP settings the settings will not take effect until the unit is turned OFF then back ON again 3 6 IM 701730 17E 4 1 Messages Chapter 4 Before Programming 4 1 Messages Blocks of message data are transferred between the controller and this instrument during communications Messages sent from the controller to this instrument are called program messages and messages sent back from this instrument to the controller are called response messages If a program message contains a query command i e a command which requests a response this instrument returns a response message A single response message is always returned in reply to a program message Program Messages The format of a program message is shown below c Program message unit lt gt Program Message Unit gt A program message consists of one or more program message units each unit corresponds to one command This instrument executes commands one by one according to the order in which they are received Program message units are delimited by a For a description of the format of the program message unit refer to the explanation given further below Example ACQuire MODE NORMal COUNt 1 lt PMT gt MM Unit Unit lt gt PMT
302. ts queries whether mail reports are sent as an ACTion 5 106 TRIGger ACTion SAVE Sets whether or not to save the waveform data when the action is enabled or queries the current setting 5 106 TRIGger ACTion STARt Starts action on trigger 5 106 TRIGger ACTion STOP Aborts action on trigger 5 106 TRIGger ADB Queries all settings related to the A Delay B trigger 5 106 TRIGger ADB DELay Sets the delay time of condition B or queries the current setting 5 106 TRIGger ATRigger Queries all settings related to condition A 5 106 TRIGger ATRigger CHANnel lt x gt Sets the condition of each channel for condition A or queries the current setting 5 106 TRIGger ATRigger CONDition Sets the conditions for condition A or queries the current setting 5 106 TRIGger BTRigger Queries all settings related to condition B 5 106 TRIGger BTRigger CHANnel lt x gt Sets the condition of each channel for condition B or queries the current setting 5 106 TRIGger BTRigger CONDition Sets the conditions for condition B or queries the current setting 5 106 TRIGger DELay Sets the delay or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger HOLDoff Queries all settings related to the hold off 5 107 TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Sets the hold off time or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger MODE Sets the trigger mode or queries the current setting 5 107 TRIGger OR Queries all settings related to the OR trigger 5 107 TRIGger OR CHANnel lt x gt Sets
303. ue will be normalized so that it is just inside the range If the value has more than the significant number of digits the value will be rounded IM 701730 17E 4 5 00 h o o 3 3 5 4 4 Data Voltage lt gt Frequency and lt Current gt Voltage Time Frequency and Current indicate decimal values which have physical significance lt Multiplier gt or Unit can be attached to lt NRf gt They can be entered in any of the following forms Register Register indicates an integer and can be expressed in hexadecimal octal or binary as well as as a decimal number Register is used when each bit of a value has a particular meaning Register is expressed in one of the following forms Form Example Form Example lt NRf gt lt Multiplier gt lt Unit gt 5MV lt NRf gt 1 lt NRf gt lt Unit gt 5E 3V H lt Hexadecimal value made up of the digits 0 to 9 and A to F gt HOF lt NRf gt lt Multiplier gt 5M Q lt Octal value made up of the digits 0 to 7 gt 0777 lt NRf gt 5E 3 B lt Binary value made up of the digits 0 and 1 gt 8001100 lt Multiplier gt lt Register gt is not case sensitive Multipliers which can be used are shown below Response messages are always expressed as lt NR1 gt Symbol Word Description EX Exa 10 9 PE Peta 1015 B Tera 1012 Character Data Giga 10 lt C
304. up SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME Function Sets the time for the LCD backlight to automatically turn OFF or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME lt NRf gt SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME lt NRf gt 1 to 60 minute SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME 1 SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME gt SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME 1 Example SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness Function Sets queries the brightness of the screen Syntax SYSTem LBRightness lt NRf gt SYSTEM LBRightness lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SYSTEM LCD BRIGTHNESS 2 SYSTEM LCD BRIGTHNESS gt SYSTEM LCD BRIGTHNESS 2 SYSTem LCD MODE Function Turns the LCD backlight ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LCD MODE Boolean SYSTem LCD MODE Example SYSTEM LCD MODE OFF SYSTEM LCD MODE gt SYSTEM LCD MODE 0 SYSTem MLANguage Function Sets the menu language or queries the currentsetting Syntax SYSTem MLANguage ENGLish CHINese KORean SYSTem MLANguage Example SYSTEM MLANGUAGE ENGLISH SYSTEM MLANGUAGE gt SYSTEM MLANGUAGE ENGLISH Description Korean can be used on products with firmware version 2 09 or later SYSTem OCANcel Offset Cancel Function Sets whether or not to reflect the offset voltage to the measured results or the computed results ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem OCANcel Boolean SYSTem OCANcel Example SYSTEM OCANCEL ON SYSTEM OCANCEL gt SYSTEM OCANCEL 0 SYSTem OV
305. up of alphanumeric characters When Concatenating Commands Command Group A command group is a group of commands which have the same compound header A command group may contain sub groups Example Commands relating to acquisition settings ACQuire AVERage COUNt ACQuire MODE ACQuire AVERage EWEight ACQuire REPetitive ACQuire CLOCK ACQuire RLENgth ACQuire COUNt When Concatenating Commands of the Same Group This instrument stores the hierarchical level of the command which is currently being executed and performs analysis on the assumption that the next command to be sent will also belong to the same level Therefore it is possible to omit the header if the commands belong to the same group BuruiureJ804d 940Jog Example ACQuire MODE NORMal COUNt 1 lt PMT gt When Concatenating Commands of Different Groups A colon must be included before the header of a command if the command does not belong to the same group as the preceding command It is impossible to omit a colon Example ACQuire MODE NORMal DISPlay FORMat SINGle PMT When Concatenating Simple Headers When you type in a simple header after another command you must include a colon before the simple header It is impossible to omit a colon Example ACQuire MODE NORMal STARt lt PMT gt When Concatenating Common Commands Common commands defined in IEEE 488 2 1987 are independent of hierarchical level Thus it is not n
306. up this Instrument Network Procedure Selecting the Communication Interface 1 Press MISC The MISC menu appears 2 Press the Remote Control soft key The Remote Cntl menu appears Next a a a alibratit Renote Netuork Systen lveruieu Control Conf ig 172 3 Press the Device soft key and select Network emote Cnt MISC GP IB 1 Device fiddress emote Cnt MISC GP IB USB Network Nolg Only the communications interfaces selected under Device are available If commands are sent using an unselected communications interface the command will not be received Setting the User Name Password and Timeout Time 4 Press the User Account soft key The User Account dialog box appears Remote Cnti MISC Device fa Netuork A Iser Iccount 5 Usethe jog shuttle amp SELECT to set the User Name If you do not wish to limit access use the anonymous setting If access is to be limited enter a user name of 15 characters or less 6 Usethe jog shuttle amp SELECT to enter the Password of 15 characters or less Reenter the password to confirm 7 Use the jog shuttle amp SELECT to the Time Out User ccomt 1 User Name C I Enter the user name Passuord Cmd Please input passuord tuice Enter the password Reenter the password confirm
307. urned OFF NHf be omitted If lt NRf gt is added waveform data are queried lt NRf gt times from the record number specified by the sWAVeform RECord command lt NRf gt Example in order WAVeform SIGN Function Queries the presence of the sign when querying the waveform specified with WAVeform TRACe in binary data form Syntax WAVeform SIGN Example WAVEFORM SIGN gt WAVEFORM SIGN 1 WAVeform SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sampling rate for the record designated by WAVeform RECord Syntax WAVeform SRATe Example WAVEFORM SRATE gt WAVEFORM SRATE 1 0E 09 WAVeform STARt Function Sets queries the point at which the first item of data of the waveform designated by WAVeform TRACe is to be located Syntax WAVeform STARt lt NRf gt WAVeform STARt lt NRf gt 0 to 1001999 DL1720E 0 to 2003999 DL1735E DL1740E 0 to 8015999 DL1740EL 0 Example WAVEFORM START WAVEFORM START gt WAVEFORM START 0 WAVeform TRACe Function Sets queries the target waveform for the WAVeform group Syntax WAVeform TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt WAVeform TRACe lt gt 1 or 2 1 on the DL1720E lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Example WAVEFORM TRACE 1 WAVEFORM TRACE gt WAVEFORM RACE 1 WAVeform TRIGger Function Queries the trigger point for the record designated by WAVeform RECord Syntax WAVeform TRIGger Example WA
308. ursors 5 27 CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP Moves the angle cursor to the zoomed waveform 5 27 CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt Sets the position of the angle cursor or queries the current setting 5 27 CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt Sets the position of the zero point Reference 1 or the end point Reference 2 that will be used as a reference in the angle cursor measurement or queries the current setting 5 27 CURsor TY DEGRee RVALue Sets the reference angle of the angle cursor or queries the current setting 5 27 CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe Sets the waveform on which to use the angle cursor or queries the current setting 5 28 CURSor TY DEGRee X lt x gt Queries the angle at the angle cursor 5 28 CURSor TY DEGRee Y lt x gt Queries the voltage value at the angle cursor 5 28 CURSor TY HORizontal Queries all settings related to horizontal cursors 5 28 CURSor TY HORizontal DY Queries the Y axis value between the horizontal cursors 5 28 CURSor TY HORizontal POSition x Sets the horizontal cursor position or queries the current setting 5 28 CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe Sets the waveform on which to use the horizontal cursor or queries the current setting 5 28 CURSor TY HORizontal Y x Queries the Y axis value of the horizontal cursor 5 28 CURSor TY MARKer Queries all settings related to marker cursors 5 28 CURSor TY MARKer DX x Queries the X axis value between the marker cursors 5 29 CUR
309. veform data or queries the current setting 5 113 WAVeform END Sets which point of the specified waveform is to be the last data point or queries the current setting 5 113 WAVeform FORMat Sets the transmission data format or queries the current setting 5 113 WAVeform LENGth Queries the total data length of the specified waveform 5 113 WAVeform OFFSet Queries the offset voltage of the specified waveform 5 113 WAVeform RANGe Queries the range that is used when converting the waveform specified by the WAVeform RACe command to physical values 5 113 WAVeform RECord Sets the target record number of the waveform group or queries the current setting 5 113 WAVeform RECord MINimum Queries the smallest record number 5 113 WAVeform SEND Queries the specified waveform data 5 114 WAVeform SIGN Queries the existence of a sign 5 114 WAVeform SRATe Queries the sample rate of the specified record 5 114 WAVeform STARt Sets which point of the specified waveform is to be the start data point or queries the current setting 5 114 WAVeform TRACe Sets the target waveform of the WAVeform group or queries the current setting 5 114 WAVeform TRIGger Queries the trigger position of the specified record 5 114 WAVeform TYPE Queries the acquisition mode of the specified waveform 5 114 XY Group lt gt Queries all settings related to the X Y display 5 115 XY lt x gt DISPlay Sets whether or not to display the X Y waveform o
310. ventions Used in this Manual Symbols The following symbols are used in to this manual Improper handling or use can lead to injury to the user or damage to the instrument This symbol appears on the instrument to indicate that the user must refer to the user s manual for special instructions The same symbol appears in the corresponding place in the user s manual to identify those instructions In the manual the symbol is used in conjunction with the word WARNING or CAUTION WARNING Describes precautions that should be observed to prevent serious injury or death to the user CAUTION Describes precautions that should be observed to prevent minor moderate injury or damage to the instrument Note Provides important information for the proper operation of the instrument Terms Used for Descriptions of Operations The following terms are used in chapters 1 to 3 to distinguish certain features in descriptions Procedure Carry out steps in the order shown The operating procedures are given with the assumption that you are not familiar with the operation Thus it may not be necessary to carry out all the steps when changing settings Explanation Describes settings and restrictions relating to the operation Notations Used in the Procedures Panel Keys and Soft keys Bold characters used in the procedural explanations indicate characters that are marked on the panel keys or the characters of the soft keys displaye
311. vertex of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting HISTory ZONE EDIT x LVERtex lt NRf gt HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt LVERtex lt gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 10 to 0 div 10 div displayed record length steps HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 LVERTEX 1 0000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 LVERTEX gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 LVERTEX 1 0000000 sHISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt RVERtex Function Syntax Example Sets the horizontal position of the right vertex of the zone of the history search zone or queries the current setting HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt RVERtex HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt RVERtex lt gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 10 div 10 div displayed record length steps HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 RVERTEX 1 0000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 RVERTEX gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 RVERTEX 1 0000000 HISTory ZONE LOGic Function Syntax Example Sets the search logic condition of the history search zone or queries the current setting HISTory ZONE LOGic AND OR HISTory ZONE LOGic HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND HISTORY ZONE LOGIC gt HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND 5 60 IM 701730 17E 5 14 IMAGe Group 5 14 IMAGe Group Use this group to set or query the screen image data save settings You can make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries of settings as when SHIFT IMAGE SAVE on the front panel is used
312. verts the value after rounding to the nearest integer to the corresponding 8 character ASCII string If you set the value to 1 the name becomes 00000001 Note that negative values are not allowed The first 12 characters of Character Data are assigned as the file name The first 14 characters of Character String Data are assigned as the file name Response messages always return filenames as lt character string gt arguments lt Block Data gt lt Block data gt is arbitrary 8 bit data lt Block data gt is only used for response messages Response messages are expressed in the following form Form Example 800000010ABCDEFGHIJ N lt N digit decimal value gt lt Data byte string gt N Indicates that the data is Block data N is an ASCII character string number digits which indicates the number of data bytes that follow e N digits decimal value Indicates the number of bytes of data Example 000000107210 bytes Data byte string The actual data Example ABCDEFGHIJ Data is comprised of 8 bit values 0 to 255 This means that the ASCII code which stands for NL can also be a code used for data Hence care must be taken when programming the controller IM 701730 17E BuruiureJ804d 940Jog 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller Overlap Commands and Sequential Commands There are two kinds of comm
313. viated form es 4 5 determination range 5 58 accumulation mode 15 25 determination type GO NO GO 5 48 accumulation setting te 5 35 directory eene 5 41 ACQuUir Gro p 3 erreicht 5 15 display format 5 36 acquisition count eecettttt tte 5 16 DISPIAYGrOUp M 5 33 acquisition mode vise 2 ee d e 5 16 action on trigger 5 105 E Long 1 5 angle CUr8or 5 27 edge detection count area of the automated measurement 5 71 edge search ASETUp Group 5 17 enable register eina n tr d eder ia i D cen auto naming function 5 42 Cue auto scroll Ethernet interface connector auto Selup cz aciei e eire eset eres 5 17 extended event enable 5 94 automated measurement Dual Area 5 77 extended event register 2 242211 6 4 automated measurement parameter external trigger ectetur to 5 99 automated measurement value 5 75 average Welght 5 16 averaging ssssssssssssessseeeeneee enne nnne 5 16 E EFL Computation 5
314. vice Clear Terminator LF EOI Enable Timeout 10s Device Clear USB ID EOS EOI Timeout ID 1 Terminator LF EOI None GPIB Only Timeout 10s USB Initialize USB ID 1 Terminator LF EOI Enable Timeout 10s IM 701730 17E wei6olg ies 7 3 Initialize Error Execute PostProcces Call CloseDevice Device Clear End Function Private Sub CloseDevice Call TmFinish Dev Dev End Sub Private Sub DisplayError ByVal id As Long Dim ers As String Dim err As Long err TmGetLastError id Get Error No If err 2 Then ers Device not found ElseIf err 4 Then ers Connection to device failed ElseIf err 8 Then ers Device not connected ElseIf err 16 Then ers Device already connected ElseIf err 32 Then ers Incompatible PC ElseIf err 64 Then ers Illegal parameter ElseIf err 256 Then ers Send error ElseIf err 512 Then ers Receive error ElseIf err 1024 Then ers Received data not block data ElseIf err 4096 Then ers System error ElseIf err 8192 Then ers Illegal device ID Else ers End If MsgBox Error No Str err Chr 13 ers vbExclamation Error End Sub Private Sub Commandl Click Dim sts As Long If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear sts GpibTdiv Run Samplel GPIB Set Get TDIV If sts
315. vice request enable register to 0 This can be done using the SRE command To query whether each bit of the service request enable register is 1 or 0 use SRE For details of the SRE command refer to Chapter 5 6 2 IM 701730 17E 6 2 Status Byte 6 3 Standard Event Register Operation of the Status Byte A service request is issued when bit 6 of the status byte becomes 1 Bit 6 becomes 1 when any of the other bits becomes 1 or when the corresponding bit in the service request enable register becomes 1 For example if an event takes place and the logical OR of each bit of the standard event register and the corresponding bit in the enable register is 1 bit 5 ESB will be set to 1 In this case if bit 5 of the service request enable register is 1 bit 6 MSS will be set to 1 thus requesting service from the controller It is also possible to check what type of event has occurred by reading the contents of the status byte Reading from the Status Byte The following two methods are provided for reading the status byte Inquiry Using the sTB Query Making an query using the STB query sets bit 6 to MSS This causes the MSS to be read After completion of the read out none of the bits in the status byte will be cleared Serial Poll Execution of a serial poll changes bit 6 to RQS This causes RQS to be read After completion of the read out only RQS is cleared Using a serial poll it
316. w TARGet lt NRf gt CALibrate DESKew TARGet CALibrate DESKew lt NRf gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E Function Queries all settings related to skew Example CALIBRATE DESKEW TARGET 1 compensation CALIBRATE DESKEW TARGET gt Syntax CALibrate DESKew CALIBRATE DESKEW TRAGET 1 Example CALIBRATE DESKEW gt CALIBRATE DESKEW MODE 0 TARGET 1 TIME 0 0E 00 CALibrate DESKew MODE Function Turns the skew compensation ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax CALibrate DESKew MODE lt Boolean gt CALibrate DESKew MODE Example CALIBRATE DESKEW NODE ON CALIBRATE DESKEW MODE gt CALIBRATE DESKEW MODE 0 CALibrate DESKew TIME Function Sets the skew compensation time that are common to all channels or queries the current setting CALibrate DESKew TIME lt time gt CALibrate DESKew TIME lt time gt 100 ns to 100 ns CALIBRATE DESKEW TIME 1NS CALIBRATE DESKEW TIME gt CALIBRATE DESKEW TIME 1 000E 09 Syntax Example IM 701730 17E spuewwog 5 4 CALibrate Group CALibrate EXECute Function Executes calibration Syntax CALibrate EXECute Example CALIBRATE EXECUTE CALibrate MODE Function Sets queries the ON OFF of the auto calibration Syntax CALibrate MODE AUTO OFF CALibrate Example CALIBRATE MODE AUTO gt CALIBRATE MODE AUTO 5 18 IM 701730 17E 5 5 CHANnel Group
317. whatsoever for any problems occurring as a result of use of the sample program 7 1 Before Programming Environment Model MS DOS V Computer Language Visual BASIC Ver 6 0 Professional Edition or more GP IB board PCI GPIB IEEE 488 2 board from National Instruments USB interface Conforms to USB Rev 1 0 Setting up the Visual Basic Standardmodule tmctl bas tmval bas Setting up the DL1700E GP IB All the sample programs given in this chapter use address 1 for the instrument so be sure to assign the instrument to address 1 as described on page 1 5 USB All sample programs in this chapter were created with USB OwnID set to 1 on the main unit Enter this setting by following the instructions on page 2 4 of the user s manual Note The sample programs can be download from the following Web page http www yokogawa com tm tm softdownload htm IM 701730 17E 7 1 7 2 Image of Sample Program 7 2 Image of Sample Program im DL1700E Sample Program Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Sample3 GPIB Get Measure Sample4 USB SetiGet TDIV Sample5 USB Get Word Data E Ec E Eg 7 2 701730 17 7 3 Initialize Error Execute 7 3 lnitialize Error Execute Option Explicit Dim StartFlag As Integer Dim Dev As Long Dim Query 3 As String Dim WaveBuffer 20070 As Integer Private Function InitGpib As Long Dim address As String Dim eos As Long Dim eot A
318. x TRIGger BTRigger Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 DONTCARE CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CONDITION ENTER TRIGger BTRigger CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets queries the channel condition for pattern B Syntax TRIGger BTRigger CHANnel lt x gt DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger BTRigger CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E An example for CH1 is given below TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH Example TRIGger BTRigger CONDition Function Sets queries the conditions under which pattern B becomes true Syntax TRIGger BTRigger CONDition ENTer EXIT TRIGger BTRigger CONDition TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION ENTER Description This command is valid when the trigger type is ABN or ADB Example 5 106 IM 701730 17E 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger DELay Function Sets queries the trigger delay time between trigger point and trigger position TRIGger DELay Time TRIGger DELay lt gt 0 to 4 s 1 sampling rate steps TRIGGER DELLAY 2US TRIGGER DELAY TRIGGER DELAY 2 00E 06 If timebase is external clock the value is fixed at 0 On this oscilloscope the delay is the time difference between the trigger point and the trigger po
319. y EXECute Executes the print operation 5 53 HCOPy EXTPrinter Queries all settings related to printing when using an external printer 5 53 HCOPy EXTPrinter PRINter Queries the addresses of the printers that are currently connected 5 53 HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect Sets the specified printer address or queries the current setting 5 53 HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Sets the half tone when printing using an external printer or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE Sets the type of output commands to send to the external printer or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy NETPrint Queries all settings related to printing using a network printer 5 54 HCOPy NETPrint TONE Sets the half tone when printing using a network printer or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy NETPrint TYPE Sets the printer description language sent to the network printer or the type of printer or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy PRINter Queries all settings related to printing when using the built in printer 5 54 HCOPy PRINter MAG Sets the magnification for long print or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy PRINter RANGe Sets the print range for long print or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy PRINter REPort Sets whether to print additional information when printing to the built in printer or queries the current setting 5 54 HCOPy PRINter TLINkage Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the print range cursors for long print using th
320. yntax PRESet ALL USERdefine LEVel lt voltage gt lt voltage gt 8 div on the screen 0 01 div steps Example PRESET ALL USERDEFINE LEVEL 0V Description When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value PRESet ALL USERdefine OFFSet Function Sets the preset offset voltage of all channels Syntax PRESet ALL USERdefine OFFSet lt voltage gt lt voltage gt See the User s Manual Example PRESET ALL USERDEFINE OFFSET 0V Description When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value PRESet ALL USERdefine VDIV Function Sets the preset V div value of all channels Syntax PRESet ALL USERdefine VDIV lt voltage gt lt voltage gt 2 mV to 10 V when the probe attenuation is 1 1 See the User s Manual Example PRESET ALL USERDEFINE VDIV 2V Description When set to the current probe sets the lt Current gt value PRESet CHANnel lt x gt Function Syntax Example Queries the preset information of the specidied channel PRESet CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 1 to 2 on the DL1720E PRESET CHANNEL1 gt PRESET CHANNEL1 TYPE TTL USERDEFINE VDIV 50 000E 00 LEVEL 0 0E 00 OFFSET 0 0E 00 PRESET CHANNEL1 PROBE 10 PRESet CHANnel lt x gt PROBe Function Syntax Example PRESet CHANnel lt x gt TYPE Function Syntax Example Sets the preset value of the probe attenuation current to voltage conversion ra
321. yntax TRIGger WIDTh CONDition TRUE FALSe TRIGger WIDTh CONDition Example TRIGGER WIDTH CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER WIDTH CONDITION gt TRIGGER WIDTH CONDITION TRUE TRIGger WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets the pulse width when using the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh TIME lt x gt time TRIGger WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt time gt 1 ns to 1s See the User s Manual Example TRIGGER WIDTH TIME1 10NS TRIGGER WIDTH TIME1 gt TRIGGER WIDTH TIME1 10 0 09 TRIGger WIDTh TLINkage Function Turns the link ON OFF when changing the pulse width for the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh TLINkage Boolean TRIGger WIDTh TLINkage Example TRIGGER WIDTH TLINKAGE TRIGGER WIDTH TLINKAGE gt TRIGGER WIDTH TLINKAGE 1 TRIGger WIDTh TYPE Function Sets the criteria type when using the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh TYPE IN OUT BETWeen TIMeout TRIGger WIDTh TYPE Example TRIGGER WIDTH TYPE BETWEEN gt TRIGGER WIDTH TYPE BETWEEN TRIGger WIDTh WINDow Function Turns the window ON OFF when using the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh WINDow lt Boolean gt TRIGger WIDTh WINDow Example TRIGGER WIDTH WINDOW ON TRIGGER WIDTH WINDOW gt

DL1700E Series Digital Oscilloscope Communication Interface

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents